Muscle Discussions

Copyright Feb 2003 Ted Nissen.BEGIN1 END1

---

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1       ABDUCTOR DIGITI MINIMI (FOOT) 4

2       ABDUCTOR DIGITI MINIMI (HAND) 6

3       ABDUCTOR HALLUCIS. 9

4       ABDUCTOR POLLICIS BREVIS B4E4. 11

5       ABDUCTOR POLLICIS LONGUS B5E5. 13

6       ADDUCTOR BREVIS B6E6. 15

7       ADDUCTOR HALLUCIS B7E7. 17

8       ADDUCTOR LONGUS B8E8. 20

9       ADDUCTOR MAGNUS B9E9. 22

10         ADDUCTOR POLLICIS B10E10. 26

11         ANCONEUS B11E11. 28

12         BICEPS BRACHII B12E12. 30

13         BICEPS FEMORIS (Lateral Hamstring) B13E13. 34

14         BRACHIALIS B14E14. 38

15         BRACHIORADIALIS B15E15. 40

16         BUCCINATOR B16E16. 42

17         BULBOCAVERNOSUS (BULBOSPONGIOSUS) B17E17. 45

18         CILIARY MUSCLE B18E18. 47

19         COCCYGEUS (ISCHIOCOCCYGEUS) B19E19. 50

20         CORACOBRACHIALIS B20E20. 52

21         CORRUGATOR SUPERCILII B21E21. 54

22         CRICOARYTENOID LATERAL & POSTERIOR B22E22. 56

23         CRICOPHARYNGEUS B23E23. 59

24         CRICOTHYROID B24E24. 61

25         DELTOID ANTERIOR B25E25. 63

26         DELTOID MIDDLE. 66

27         DELTOID POSTERIOR. 67

28         DEPRESSOR ANGULI ORIS. 68

29         DEPRESSOR LABII INFERIORIS. 70

30         DEPRESSOR SEPTI 70

31         DIAPHRAGM. 71

32         DIGASTRIC ANT & POST BELLY (SUPRAHYOID) 73

33         DILATOR PUPILLAE. 75

34         DORSAL INTEROSSEI (FOOT) 76

35         DORSAL INTEROSSEI (HAND) 78

36         EXTENSOR CARPI RADIALIS BREVIS. 79

37         EXTENSOR CARPI RADIALIS LONGUS. 80

38         EXTENSOR CARPI ULNARIS. 81

39         EXTENSOR DIGITI MINIMI 82

40         EXTENSOR DIGITORUM. 83

41         EXTENSOR DIGITORUM BREVIS. 84

42         EXTENSOR DIGITORUM LONGUS. 88

43         EXTENSOR HALLUCIS BREVIS. 91

44         EXTENSOR HALLUCIS LONGUS. 95

45         EXTENSOR INDICIS. 98

46         EXTENSOR POLLICIS BREVIS. 98

47         EXTENSOR POLLICIS LONGUS. 99

48         EXTERNAL ABDOMINAL OBLIQUE=ANT DIV. 100

49         EXTERNAL ABDOMINAL OBLIQUE=LAT DIV. 101

50         EXTERNAL ANAL SPHINCTER. 102

51         EXTERNAL INTERCOSTALS. 103

52         EXTRINSIC AURICULAR MUSCLES. 104

53         FLEXOR CARPI RADIALIS. 106

54         FLEXOR CARPI ULNARIS. 106

55         FLEXOR DIGITI MINIMI BREVIS (FOOT) 107

56         FLEXOR DIGITI MINIMI BREVIS (HAND) 109

57         FLEXOR DIGITORUM BREVIS. 109

58         FLEXOR DIGITORUM LONGUS. 111

59         FLEXOR DIGITORUM PROFUNDUS. 114

60         FLEXOR DIGITORUM SUPERFICIALIS. 115

61         FLEXOR HALLUCIS BREVIS. 116

62         FLEXOR HALLUCIS LONGUS. 118

63         FLEXOR POLLICIS BREVIS. 121

64         FLEXOR POLLICIS LONGUS. 122

65         FRONTALIS (EPICRANIUS) 123

66         GASTROCNEMIUS. 124

67         GEMELLUS INFERIOR (1 of 6 Deep Lateral Rotators of Femur) 128

68         GEMELLUS SUPERIOR (1 of 6 Deep Lateral Rotators of Femur) 129

69         GENIOGLOSSUS. 130

70         GENIOHYOID (SUPRAHYOID) 131

71         GLUTEUS MAXIMUS. 132

72         GLUTEUS MEDIUS. 133

73         GLUTEUS MINIMUS ANT & POST. 134

74         GRACILIS. 135

75         HYOGLOSSUS. 136

76         ILIACUS. 137

77         ILIOCOSTALIS CERVICIS. 138

78         ILIOCOSTALIS LUMBORUM. 139

79         ILIOCOSTALIS THORACIS. 140

80         INCISIVUS LABII INFERIORIS. 141

81         INCISIVUS LABII SUPERIORIS. 142

82         INFERIOR LONGITUDINAL LINGUALIS. 143

83         INFERIOR OBLIQUE. 144

84         INFERIOR PHARYNGEAL CONSTRICTOR. 146

85         INFERIOR RECTUS. 146

86         INFRASPINATUS (Rotator Cuff Muscle) 148

87         INTERNAL ABDOMINAL OBLIQUE (Anterior Division) 148

88         INTERNAL ABDOMINAL OBLIQUE (Lateral Division) 149

89         INTERNAL INTERCOSTALS. 150

90         INTERSPINALES B90E90. 151

91         INTERTRANSVERSARII B91E91. 153

92         INTRINSIC AURICULAR MUSCLES. 155

93         ISCHIOCAVERNOSUS. 157

94         LATERAL CRICOARYTENOID. 157

95         LATERAL PTERYGOID. 158

96         LATERAL RECTUS. 160

97         LATISSIMUS DORSI 160

98         LEVATOR ANGULI ORIS(CANINUS) 161

99         LEVATOR ANI, ILIAC PART(ILIOCOCCYGEUS) 162

100        LEVATOR ANI, PUBIC PART(PUBOCOCCYGEUS) 163

101        LEVATOR LABII SUPERIORIS. 164

102        LEVATOR LABII SUPERIORIS ALAEQUE NASI 165

103        LEVATOR PALPEBRAE SUPERIORIS. 166

104        LEVATOR SCAPULAE. 167

105        LEVATOR VELI PALATINI 168

106        LEVATORES COSTARUM BREVES. 169

107        LEVATORES COSTARUM LONGI 170

108        LONGISSIMUS CAPITIS. 171

109        LONGISSIMUS CERVICIS. 172

110        LONGISSIMUS THORACIS. 173

111        LONGUS CAPITIS. 174

112        LONGUS CAPITIS ANTERIOR. 175

113        LONGUS COLLI 176

114        LUMBRICALS (FOOT) 177

115        LUMBRICALS (HAND) 180

116        MASSETER. 180

117        MEDIAL PTERYGOID. 181

118        MEDIAL RECTUS. 183

119        MENTALIS. 183

120        MIDDLE PHARYNGEAL CONSTRICTOR. 184

121        MULTIFIDUS. 185

122        MUSCULUS UVULAE. 186

123        MYLOHYOID (SUPRAHYOID) 187

124        NASALIS, ALAR PORTION. 188

125        NASALIS (COMPRESSOR & DILATOR NARIS) 189

126        OBLIQUE ARYTENOID & ARYEPIGLOTTICUS. 191

127        OBLIQUUS CAPITIS INFERIOR. 191

128        OBLIQUUS CAPITIS SUPERIOR. 192

129        OBTURATOR EXTERNUS (1 of 6 Deep Lateral Rotators of Femur) 193

130        OBTURATOR INTERNUS (1 of 6 Deep Lateral Rotators of Femur) 194

131        OCCIPITALIS (EPICRANIUS) 195

132        OMOHYOID SUPERIOR & INFERIOR (INFRAHYOID) 196

133        OPPONENS DIGITI MINIMI 198

134        OPPONENS POLLICIS. 198

135        ORBICULARIS OCULI 199

136        ORBICULARIS ORIS. 201

137        PALATOGLOSSUS (Palatoglossal arch; Anterior pillar) 203

138        PALATOPHARYNGEUS (Palatopharyngeal arch; Posterior pillar) 203

139        PALMAR INTEROSSEI (HAND) 205

140        PALMARIS BREVIS. 205

141        PALMARIS LONGUS. 206

142        PECTINEUS. 207

143        PECTORALIS MAJOR CLAVICULAR. 208

144        PECTORALIS MAJOR STERNAL. 209

145        PECTORALIS MINOR. 210

146        PERONEUS BREVIS. 211

147        PERONEUS LONGUS. 220

148        PERONEUS TERTIUS. 224

149        PIRIFORMIS (1 of 6 Deep Lateral Rotators of Femur) 226

150        PLANTAR INTEROSSEI (FOOT) 227

151        PLANTARIS. 230

152        PLATYSMA. 233

153        POPLITEUS. 235

154        POSTERIOR CRICOARYTENOID. 237

155        PROCERUS. 238

156        PRONATOR QUADRATUS. 239

157        PRONATOR TERES. 240

158        PSOAS MAJOR. 241

159        PSOAS MINOR. 242

160        PYRAMIDALIS. 243

161        QUADRATUS FEMORIS (1 of 6 Deep Lateral Rotators of the Femur) 244

162        QUADRATUS LUMBORUM. 245

163        QUADRATUS PLANTAE. 246

164        RECTUS ABDOMINIS (4 Divisions as 1) 249

165        RECTUS CAPITIS ANTERIOR. 250

166        RECTUS CAPITIS LATERALIS. 251

167        RECTUS CAPITIS POSTERIOR MAJOR. 252

168        RECTUS CAPITIS POSTERIOR MINOR. 253

169        RECTUS FEMORIS (Quadriceps Femoris) (1 of 4 Quadriceps) 254

170        RHOMBOID MAJOR. 255

171        RHOMBOID MINOR. 256

172        RISORIUS. 257

173        ROTATORES BREVIS. 258

174        ROTATORES LONGUS. 259

175        SALPINGOPHARYNGEUS. 260

176        SARTORIUS. 261

177        SCALENUS ANTERIOR. 262

178        SCALENUS MEDIUS. 263

179        SCALENUS POSTERIOR. 264

180        SEMIMEMBRANOSUS (Medial Hamstring) 265

181        SEMISPINALIS CAPITIS. 266

182        SEMISPINALIS CERVICIS. 267

183        SEMISPINALIS THORACIS. 268

184        SEMITENDINOSUS (Medial Hamstring) 269

185        SERRATUS ANTERIOR. 270

186        SERRATUS POSTERIOR INFERIOR. 271

187        SERRATUS POSTERIOR SUPERIOR. 272

188        SOLEUS. 273

189        SPHINCTER PUPILLAE. 276

190        SPINALIS CAPITIS. 276

191        SPINALIS CERVICIS. 277

192        SPINALIS THORACIS. 278

193        SPINCTER ANI EXTERNUS. 279

194        SPLENIUS CAPITIS. 280

195        SPLENIUS CERVICIS. 281

196        STAPEDIUS. 282

197        STERNALIS. 283

198        STERNOCLEIDOMASTOID. 284

199        STERNOHYOID (INFRAHYOID) 285

200        STERNOTHYROID (INFRAHYOID) 286

201        STYLOGLOSSUS. 287

202        STYLOHYOID (SUPRAHYOID) 288

203        STYLOPHARYNGEUS. 289

204        SUBCLAVIUS. 290

205        SUBSCAPULARIS (Rotator Cuff Muscle) 291

206        SUPERFICIAL TRANSVERSE PERINEUS (SUPERFICIALIS) 292

207        SUPERIOR LONGITUDINAL LINGUALIS. 293

208        SUPERIOR OBLIQUE. 294

209        SUPERIOR PHARYNGEAL CONSTRICTOR. 296

210        SUPERIOR RECTUS. 297

211        SUPINATOR ?. 299

212        SUPRASPINATUS (Rotator Cuff Muscle) 299

213        TEMPORALIS. 300

214        TENSOR FASCIAE LATAE. 301

215        TENSOR TYMPANI 302

216        TENSOR VELI PALATINI 303

217        TERES MAJOR. 304

218        TERES MINOR (Rotator Cuff Muscle) 305

219        THYROARYTENOID VOCALIS & THYROEPIGLOTTICUS. 306

220        THYTROHYOID (INFRAHYOID) 307

221        TIBIALIS ANTERIOR. 308

222        TIBIALIS POSTERIOR. 310

223        TRANSVERSUS ABDOMINIS. 313

224        TRANSVERSE ARYTENOID. 314

225        TRANSVERSE LINGUALIS (BODY OF TONGUE) 315

226        TRANSVERSE PERINEUS (PROFUNDUS) 316

227        TRAPEZIUS LOWER (Lower Division) 317

228        TRAPEZIUS MIDDLE. 318

229        TRAPEZIUS UPPER. 319

230        TRICEPS BRACHII 320

231        URETHRAL SPHINCTER. 321

232        VASTUS INTERMEDIUS (QUADRICEPS FEMORIS) (1 of 4 Quadriceps) 322

233        VASTUS LATERALIS (Quadriceps Femoris) (1 of 4 Quadriceps) 323

234        VASTUS MEDIALIS (Quadriceps Femoris) (1 of 4 Quadriceps) 324

235        VERTICAL LINGUALIS (BODY OF TONGUE) 325

236        ZYGOMATICUS MAJOR. 326

237        ZYGOMATICUS MINOR. 327

238        KEEPING THIS SPACE WARM. 328

 

 

---

1    ABDUCTOR DIGITI MINIMI (FOOT)

Back Table of Contents References

1.1  Word Derivation Pronounce Pronounce

1.1.1  Abductor=Moves part away from midline

1.1.2  Digit=Finger or toe

1.1.3  Minimi= Little finger or toe

1.2  Attachments Illus. (DSL)

1.2.1  Origin

1.2.1.1             Medial and lateral processes of the tuberosity of calcaneus

1.2.2  Insertion

1.2.2.1             Lateral side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the fifth toe

1.3  Action Illus. (DSL)

1.3.1  Abducts the fifth toe away from the fourth toe

1.4  Nerve Supply

1.4.1  Nerve

1.4.1.1             Lateral plantar nerve

1.4.2  Roots

1.4.2.1             S2

1.4.2.2             S3

1.5  Synergists

1.5.1  None

1.1  Muscle Tests

1.1.1  Abductor Digiti Minimi (Foot)

1.2  Trigger Points

1.2.1  ABDUCTOR DIGITI MINIMI (FOOT)

1.3  Organ Reflexes

1.3.1  None

1.3.2  Illustrations

1.4  Meridian

1.4.1  None

1.5  Discussion (Gray)

1.5.1    The Abductor digiti quinti (Abductor minimi digiti) (Fig. 443) Discussion lies along the lateral border of the foot, and is in relation by its medial margin with the lateral plantar vessels and nerves. It arises, by a broad origin, from the lateral process of the tuberosity of the calcaneus, from the under surface of the calcaneus between the two processes of the tuberosity, from the forepart of the medial process, from the plantar aponeurosis, and from the intermuscular septum between it and the Flexor digitorum brevis. Its tendon, after gliding over a smooth facet on the under surface of the base of the fifth metatarsal bone, is inserted, with the Flexor digiti quinti brevis, into the fibular side of the base of the first phalanx of the fifth toe.

1.5.2  Variations —Slips of origin from the tuberosity at the base of the fifth metatarsal Abductor ossis metatarsi quinti, origin external tubercle of the calcaneus, insertion into tuberosity of the fifth metatarsal bone in common with or beneath the outer margin of the plantar fascia

1.5.3  Action-the action of the Abductor digiti quinti is twofold, as an abductor of this toe from the fourth, and as a flexor of its proximal phalanx.

1.5.4  Non Web Based Links

1.5.4.1   Fig443 (Bitmap)

1.5.4.2   Discussion

1.5.5  Discussion

1.5.5.1   http://www.bartleby.com/107/131.html

1.5.6  Illustration

1.5.6.1   http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus443.html

1.6  Category

1.6.1  Intrinsic Foot Plantar First Superficial Layer (IFP1)

1.7  View (When Illustrated Individually)

1.7.1  Plantar View (First Plantar Layer)

1.7.2  Test

1.7.2.1             Illus. (DSL) Illus. (Dial-Up)

---

2    ABDUCTOR DIGITI MINIMI (HAND)

Back Table of Contents References

2.1  Word Derivation Pronounce

2.1.1  Abductor=Moves part away from midline

2.1.2  Digit=Finger or toe

2.1.3  Minimi= Little finger or toe

2.2  Attachments Illus. (DSL)

2.2.1  Origin

2.2.1.1             Pisiform bone

2.2.1.2             Tendon of the flexor carpi ulnaris

2.2.2  Insertion

2.2.2.1             Two slips

2.2.2.1.1  Ulnar side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the little finger
2.2.2.1.2  Ulnar border of the extensor expansion of the finger

2.3  Action Illus. (DSL)

2.3.1  Abducts the little finger

2.3.2  Assists in flexing its proximal phalanx at the Metacarpophalangeal joint

2.4  Nerve Supply

2.4.1  Nerve

2.4.1.1             Ulnar  (Deep Branch)

2.4.2  Roots

2.4.2.1             C8

2.4.2.2             T1

2.5  Synergists

2.5.1  Flexor digiti minimi brevis

2.5.2  Opponens digiti minimi

2.6  Muscle Tests

2.6.1  ABDUCTOR DIGITI MINIMI (HAND)

2.7  Trigger Points

2.7.1  ABDUCTOR DIGITI MINIMI (HAND)

2.8  Organ Reflexes

2.8.1  None

2.8.2  Illustrations

2.9  Meridian

2.9.1  None

2.10 Discussion (Gray)

2.10.1        The Abductor digiti quinti (Abductor minimi digiti) (Fig. 427) is situated on the ulnar border of the palm of the hand. It arises from the pisiform bone and from the tendon of the Flexor carpi ulnaris, and ends in a flat tendon, which divides into two slips; one is inserted into the ulnar side of the base of the first phalanx of the little finger; the other into the ulnar border of the aponeurosis of the Extensor digiti quinti proprius.

2.10.2        Variations

2.10.2.1          The Abductor digiti quinti may be divided into two or three slips or united with the Flexor digiti quinti brevis.

2.10.3        Actions —The Abductor digiti quinti abducts the little finger from the ring finger and assist in flexing the proximal phalanx.

2.10.4        Nerves-C8 Ulnar

2.11 Category

2.11.1        Intrinsic Hand Hypothenar (IHH)

2.12 View (When Illustrated Individually)

2.12.1        Anterior

2.12.1.1Illus. (DSL)

---

3    ABDUCTOR HALLUCIS

Back Table of Contents References 

3.1  Word Derivation

3.1.1  Abductor=Moves part away from midline

3.1.2  Hallucis= Hallux or Great toe

3.2  Attachments Illus. (DSL)

3.2.1  Origin

3.2.1.1   Medial process of tuberosity of the calcaneus

3.2.1.2   Flexor retinaculum

3.2.1.3   Plantar aponeurosis

3.2.1.4   Intermuscular septum

3.3    Insertion

3.3.1.1   Medial tendon of the flexor hallucis brevis

3.3.1.2   Medial side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the big toe

3.4  Action Illus. (DSL)

3.4.1  Abducts the big toe from the mid line of the foot phalangeal

3.5  Nerve Supply

3.5.1  Nerve

3.5.1.1             Medial plantar

3.5.2  Roots

3.5.2.1   L4

3.5.2.2   L5

3.5.2.3   S1

3.5.2.4   S2

3.5.2.5   S3

3.6  Synergists

3.6.1  None

3.7  Muscle Tests

3.7.1  ABDUCTOR HALLUCIS

3.8  Trigger Points

3.8.1  ABDUCTOR HALLUCIS

3.9  Organ Reflexes

3.9.1  None

3.9.2  Illustrations

3.10 Meridian

3.10.1        None

3.11 Discussion (Gray)

3.11.1        The Abductor hallucis (Fig. 443) lies along the medial border of the foot and covers the origins of the plantar vessels and nerves. It arises from the medial process of the tuberosity of the calcaneus, from the laciniate ligament, from the plantar aponeurosis, and from the intermuscular septum between it and the Flexor digitorum brevis. The fibers end in a tendon, which is inserted, together with the medial tendon of the Flexor hallucis brevis, into the tibial side of the base of the first phalanx of the great toe.

3.11.2        Variations —Slip to the base of the first phalanx of the second toe.

3.11.3        Action- The Abductor hallucis abducts the great toe from the second, and also flexes its proximal phalanx.

3.11.4        Discussion

3.11.4.1http://www.bartleby.com/107/131.html

3.11.5        Illustration

3.11.5.1http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus443.html

3.12 Category

3.12.1        Intrinsic Foot Plantar First Superficial Layer (IFP1)

3.13 View (When Illustrated Individually)

3.13.1        Plantar View (First Plantar Layer)

3.13.1.1Illus. (DSL)

---

4    ABDUCTOR POLLICIS BREVIS B4E4

Back Table of Contents References 

4.1  Word Derivation

4.1.1  Abductor=Moves part away from midline

4.1.2  Pollex= Thumb

4.1.3  Brevis=Short

4.2  Attachments Illus. (DSL)

4.3    Origin

4.3.1.1   Flexor retinaculum

4.3.1.2   Tubercles of the scaphoid and trapezium

4.4    Insertion

4.4.1.1   Radial side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the thumb

4.5  Action Illus. (DSL)

4.5.1  Abduction of the proximal phalanx and the metacarpal of the thumb

4.5.2  Medial rotation of the proximal phalanx and the metacarpal of the thumb

4.6  Nerve Supply

4.6.1  Nerve

4.6.1.1             Median

4.6.2  Roots

4.6.2.1             C8

4.6.2.2             T1

4.7  Synergists

4.7.1  Abductor pollicis longus

4.7.2  Extensor pollicis brevis

4.8  Muscle Tests

4.8.1  ABDUCTOR POLLICIS BREVIS

4.9  Trigger Points

4.9.1  ABDUCTOR POLLICIS BREVIS

4.10 Organ Reflexes

4.10.1        None

4.10.2        Illustrations

4.11 Meridian

4.11.1        None

4.12 Discussion (Gray)

4.12.1        The Abductor pollicis brevis (Abductor pollicis) (Fig. 426) (Fig. 427) is a thin, flat muscle, placed immediately beneath the integument. It arises from the transverse carpal ligament, the tuberosity of the navicular, and the ridge of the greater multiangular, frequently by two distinct slips. Running lateralward and downward, it is inserted by a thin, flat tendon into the radial side of the base of the first phalanx of the thumb and the capsule of the metacarpophalangeal articulation.

4.12.2        Variations —The Abductor pollicis brevis is often divided into an outer and an inner part; accessory slips from the tendon of the Abductor pollicis longus or Palmaris longus, more rarely from the Extensor carpi radialis longus, from the styloid process or Opponens pollicis or from the skin over the thenar eminence.

4.12.3        Actions —The Abductor pollicis brevis draws the thumb forward in a plane at right angles to that of the palm of the hand.

4.13 Category

4.13.1        Intrinsic Hand Thenar (ITT)

4.14 View (When Illustrated Individually)

4.14.1        Anterior View

4.14.1.1Illus. (DSL)

---

5    ABDUCTOR POLLICIS LONGUS B5E5

Back Table of Contents  References

5.1  Word Derivation

5.1.1  Abductor=Moves part away from midline

5.1.2  Pollex= Thumb

5.1.3  Longus=Long

5.2  Attachments Illus. 1 (DSL) Illus. 2 (DSL)

5.3    Origin

5.3.1.1   Posterior surface of middle one third of body of radius

5.3.1.2   Posterior lateral surface of the ulna distal to the origin of the Supinator

5.3.1.3   Interosseous membrane

5.4    Insertion

5.4.1.1   Base of first metacarpal bone, radial side

5.5  Action Illus. (DSL)

5.5.1  Abducts the carpometacarpal joint of the thumb

5.5.2  Assists in extension of the carpometacarpal joint of the thumb

5.6  Nerve Supply

5.6.1  Nerve

5.6.1.1             Posterior interosseous nerve (deep radial nerve)

5.6.2  Roots

5.6.2.1             C7

5.6.2.2             C8

5.7  Synergists

5.7.1  Abductor pollicis brevis

5.7.2  Extensor pollicis brevis

5.8  Muscle Tests

5.8.1  ABDUCTOR POLLICIS LONGUS

5.9  Trigger Points

5.9.1  ABDUCTOR POLLICIS LONGUS

5.10 Organ Reflexes

5.10.1        None

5.10.2        Illustrations

5.11 Meridian

5.11.1        None

5.12 Discussion (Gray)

5.12.1        The Abductor pollicis longus (Extensor oss. metacarpi pollicis) (Fig. 419) lies immediately below the Supinator and is sometimes united with it. It arises from the lateral part of the dorsal surface of the body of the ulna below the insertion of the Anconeus, from the interosseous membrane, and from the middle third of the dorsal surface of the body of the radius. Passing obliquely downward and lateralward, it ends in a tendon, which runs through a groove on the lateral side of the lower end of the radius, accompanied by the tendon of the Extensor pollicis brevis, and is inserted into the radial side of the base of the first metacarpal bone. It occasionally gives off two slips near its insertion: one to the greater multiangular bone and the other to blend with the origin of the Abductor pollicis brevis.

5.12.2        Variations —More or less doubling of muscle and tendon with insertion of the extra tendon into the first metacarpal, the greater multiangular, or into the Abductor pollicis brevis or Opponens pollicis

5.12.3        Action- The chief action of the Abductor pollicis longus is to carry the thumb laterally from the palm of the hand. By its continued action, it helps to extend and abduct the wrist.

5.13 Category

5.13.1        Wrist, Hand, and Fingers Posterior Extensors Deep (WHFPED)

5.14 View (When Illustrated Individually)

5.14.1        Posterior

5.14.1.1Illus. (DSL)

---

6    ADDUCTOR BREVIS B6E6

Back Table of Contents References 

6.1  Word Derivation

6.1.1  Adductor=Moves part towards the midline

6.1.2  Brevis=Short

6.2  Attachments Illus. 1 (DSL) Illus. 2 (DSL)

6.3    Origin

6.3.1.1   Outer surface of body and inferior ramus of pubis

6.4    Insertion

6.4.1.1   On a line extending from lesser trochanter to upper part of linea aspera

6.5  Action Illus. (DSL)

6.5.1  Hip adduction

6.5.2  Hip flexion

6.5.3  Hip medial rotation

6.6  Nerve Supply

6.6.1  Nerve

6.6.1.1             Obturator

6.6.2  Roots

6.6.2.1             L2

6.6.2.2             L3

6.6.2.3             L4

6.7  Synergists

6.7.1  Adductor magnus

6.7.2  Adductor longus

6.7.3  Gracilis

6.7.4  Pectineus

6.8  Muscle Tests

6.8.1  ADDUCTOR BREVIS

6.9  Trigger Points

6.9.1  ADDUCTOR BREVIS

6.10 Organ Reflexes

6.10.1        CLIMACTERIC

6.10.2        Illustrations

6.11 Meridian

6.11.1        Pericardium

6.12 Discussion (Gray)

6.12.1        The Adductor brevis (Fig. 433) is situated immediately behind the two preceding muscles. It is triangular in form, and arises by a narrow origin from the outer surfaces of the superior and inferior rami of the pubis, between the Gracilis and Obturator externus. Its fibers, passing backward, lateralward, and downward, are inserted, by an aponeurosis, into the line leading from the lesser trochanter to the linea aspera and into the upper part of the linea aspera, immediately behind the Pectineus and upper part of the Adductor longus

6.12.2        Variations- the Adductor brevis may be divided into two or three parts, or it may be united to the Adductor magnus.

6.12.3        Action- the Pectineus and three Adductores adduct the thigh powerfully; they are especially used in horse exercise, the sides of the saddle being grasped between the knees by the contraction of these muscles. In consequence of the obliquity of their insertions into the linea aspera, they rotate the thigh outward, assisting the external Rotators, and when the limb has been abducted, they draw it medialward, carrying the thigh across that of the opposite side. The Pectineus and Adductores brevis and longus assist the Psoas major and Iliacus in flexing the thigh upon the pelvis. In progression, all these muscles assist in drawing forward the lower limb.

6.13 Category

6.13.1        Thigh Adductor Compartment (TAD)

6.14 View (When Illustrated Individually)

6.14.1        Anterior

6.14.1.1Illus. (DSL)

---

7    ADDUCTOR HALLUCIS B7E7

Back Table of Contents References 

7.1  Word Derivation

7.1.1  Adductor=Moves part towards the midline

7.1.2  Hallucis= Hallux or Great toe

7.2  Attachments Illus. (DSL)

7.2.1  Origin

7.2.1.1   Oblique head

7.2.1.1.1  Bases of the 2nd, 3rd and 4th metatarsals
7.2.1.1.2  Sheath of tendon of Peroneus Longus

7.2.1.2   Transverse head

7.2.1.2.1  Plantar Metatarsophalangeal ligaments of the 3rd, 4th and 5th toes
7.2.1.2.2  Deep transverse metatarsal ligaments

7.2.2  Insertion

7.2.2.1   Lateral side of base of proximal phalanx of big toe

7.3  Action Illus. (DSL)

7.3.1  Adduction (big toe towards the 2nd toe)

7.3.2  Flexion (big toe towards plantar surface)

7.4  Joints

7.4.1  Metatarsophalangeal joint of big toe

7.5  Nerve Supply

7.5.1  Nerve

7.5.1.1             Lateral plantar nerve

7.5.2  Roots

7.5.2.1             S2

7.5.2.2             S3

7.6  Synergists

7.6.1   

7.7  Muscle Tests

7.7.1  ADDUCTOR HALLUCIS

7.8  Trigger Points

7.8.1  ADDUCTOR HALLUCIS

7.9  Organ Reflexes

7.9.1  None

7.9.2  Illustrations

7.10 Meridian

7.10.1        None

7.11 Discussion (Grays)

7.11.1          The Adductor hallucis (Adductor obliquus hallucis) (Fig. 445) arises by two heads—oblique and transverse. The oblique head is a large, thick, fleshy mass, crossing the foot obliquely and occupying the hollow space under the first second, third, and fourth metatarsal bones. It arises from the bases of the second, third, and fourth metatarsal bones, and from the sheath of the tendon of the Peroneus longus, and is inserted, together with the lateral portion of the Flexor hallucis brevis, into the lateral side of the base of the first phalanx of the great toe. The transverse head (Transversus pedis) is a narrow, flat fasciculus which arises from the plantar metatarsophalangeal ligaments of the third, fourth, and fifth toes (sometimes only from the third and fourth), and from the transverse ligament of the metatarsus. It is inserted into the lateral side of the base of the first phalanx of the great toe, its fibers blending with the tendon of insertion of the oblique head.

7.11.2        Variations

7.11.2.1          Slips to the base of the first phalanx of the second toe Opponens hallucis, occasional slips from the adductor to the metatarsal bone of the great toe

7.11.2.2          The Abductor, Flexor brevis, and Adductor of the great toe, like the similar muscles of the thumb, give off, at their insertions, fibrous expansions to blend with the tendons of the Extensor digitorum longus.

7.11.3        Action- the Abductor hallucis abducts the great toe from the second, and flexes its proximal phalanx.

7.11.4        Discussion

7.11.4.1http://www.bartleby.com/107/131.html

7.11.5        Illustration

7.11.5.1http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus445.html

7.12 Category

7.12.1        Intrinsic Foot Plantar Third Layer (IFP3)

7.13 View (When Illustrated Individually)

7.13.1        Plantar

7.13.1.1.1               Illus. (DSL)
---

8    ADDUCTOR LONGUS B8E8

Back Table of Contents References 

8.1  Word Derivation

8.1.1  Adductor=Moves part towards the midline

8.1.2  Longus=Long

8.2  Attachments Illus. 1 (DSL) Illus. 2 (DSL)

8.2.1  Origin

8.2.1.1   Anterior pubis in angle between crest and symphysis

8.2.2  Insertion

8.2.2.1   Middle 1/3 of medial lip of linea aspera

8.3  Joints

8.3.1  Hip

8.4  Action Illus. (DSL)

8.4.1  Adduction

8.4.2  Flexion

8.4.3  Medial rotation

8.5  Nerve Supply

8.5.1  Nerve

8.5.1.1             Obturator

8.5.2  Roots

8.5.2.1             L2

8.5.2.2             L3

8.5.2.3             L4

8.6  Synergists

8.6.1  Gracilis

8.6.2  Adductor magnus

8.6.3  Pectineus

8.6.4  Adductor brevis

8.7  Muscle Tests

8.7.1  ADDUCTOR LONGUS

8.8  Trigger Points

8.8.1  ADDUCTOR LONGUS

8.9  Organ Reflexes

8.9.1  CLIMACTERIC

8.9.2  Illustrations

8.10 Meridian

8.10.1        Pericardium

8.11 Discussion (Gray)

8.11.1         The Adductor longus (Fig 432) (Fig. 433), the most superficial of the three Adductores, is a triangular muscle, lying in the same plane as the Pectineus. It arises by a flat, narrow tendon, from the front of the pubis, at the angle of junction of the crest with the symphysis; and soon expands into a broad fleshy belly. This passes downward, backward, and lateralward, and is inserted, by an aponeurosis, into the linea aspera, between the Vastus medialis and the Adductor magnus, with both of which it is usually blended.

8.11.2        Variations-The Adductor longus may be double, may extend to the knee, or be more or less united with the Pectineus.

8.11.3        Action-The Pectineus and three Adductores adduct the thigh powerfully; they are especially used in horse exercise, the sides of the saddle being grasped between the knees by the contraction of these muscles. In consequence of the obliquity of their insertions into the linea aspera, they rotate the thigh outward, assisting the external Rotators, and when the limb has been abducted, they draw it medialward, carrying the thigh across that of the opposite side. The Pectineus and Adductores brevis and longus assist the Psoas major and Iliacus in flexing the thigh upon the pelvis. In progression, all these muscles assist in drawing forward the lower limb.

8.12 Category

8.12.1        Thigh Adductor Compartment (TAD)

8.13 View (When Illustrated Individually)

8.13.1        Anterior

8.13.1.1Illus. (DSL)

---

9    ADDUCTOR MAGNUS B9E9

Back Table of Contents References 

9.1  Word Derivation

9.1.1  Adductor=Moves part towards the midline

9.1.2  Magnus=Large

9.2  Attachments Illus. 1 (DSL) Illus. 2 (DSL)

9.2.1  Origin

9.2.1.1   POSTERIOR FIBERS

9.2.1.1.1  Ischial tuberosity

9.2.1.2   ANTERIOR FIBERS

9.2.1.2.1  Ramus of ischium
9.2.1.2.2  Inferior pubic ramus

9.2.2  Insertion

9.2.2.1   Line extending from the greater trochanter along the linea aspera

9.2.2.2   Medial supracondylar line

9.2.2.3   Adductor tubercle on medial condyle of femur

9.3  Joints

9.3.1  Hip

9.4  Action Illus. (DSL) 

9.4.1  Adduction

9.4.2   Extension

9.4.2.1             . Note

9.4.2.1.1   Fibers arising from ischium and ramus of ischium primarily insert distally and aid in hip extension

9.4.3  Flexion

9.4.3.1             Note

9.4.3.1.1  Fibers arising from ramus of pubis insert proximally and aid in hip flexion.

9.4.4  Medial rotation

9.5  Nerve Supply

9.5.1  Posterior fibers

9.5.1.1             Nerve

9.5.1.1.1  Tibial portion of sciatic

9.5.1.2             Roots

9.5.1.2.1  L4
9.5.1.2.2  L5
9.5.1.2.3  S1

9.5.2  Anterior fibers

9.5.2.1             Nerve

9.5.2.1.1  Obturator

9.5.2.2             Roots

9.5.2.2.1  L2
9.5.2.2.2  L3
9.5.2.2.3  L4

9.6  Synergists

9.6.1  Adductor brevis

9.6.2  Adductor longus

9.6.3  Pectineus

9.6.4  Gracilis

9.7  Muscle Tests

9.7.1  ADDUCTOR MAGNUS

9.8  Trigger Points

9.8.1  ADDUCTOR MAGNUS

9.9  Organ Reflexes

9.9.1  CLIMACTERIC

9.9.2  Illustrations

9.10 Meridian

9.10.1        Pericardium

9.11 Discussion (Gray)

9.11.1        The Adductor magnus Fig 432 (Fig. 433) is a large triangular muscle, situated on the medial side of the thigh. It arises from a small part of the inferior ramus of the pubis, from the inferior ramus of the ischium, and from the outer margin of the inferior part of the tuberosity of the ischium. Those fibers which arise from the ramus of the pubis are short, horizontal in direction, and are inserted into the rough line leading from the greater trochanter to the linea aspera, medial to the Glutæus maximus; those from the ramus of the ischium are directed downward and lateralward with different degrees of obliquity, to be inserted, by means of a broad aponeurosis, into the linea aspera and the upper part of its medial prolongation below. The medial portion of the muscle, composed principally of the fibers arising from the tuberosity of the ischium, forms a thick fleshy mass consisting of coarse bundles which descend almost vertically, and end about the lower third of the thigh in a rounded tendon which is inserted into the adductor tubercle on the medial condyle of the femur, and is connected by a fibrous expansion to the line leading upward from the tubercle to the linea aspera. At the insertion of the muscle, there is a series of osseoaponeurotic openings, formed by tendinous arches attached to the bone. The upper four openings are small, and give passage to the perforating branches of the profunda femoris artery. The lowest is of large size, and transmits the femoral vessels to the popliteal fossa.

9.11.2        Variations-The Adductor magnus may be more or less segmented; the anterior and superior portion is often described as a separate muscle, the Adductor minimus. The muscle may be fused with the Quadratus femoris.

9.11.3        Action-The Pectineus and three Adductores adduct the thigh powerfully; they are especially used in horse exercise, the sides of the saddle being grasped between the knees by the contraction of these muscles. In consequence of the obliquity of their insertions into the linea aspera, they rotate the thigh outward, assisting the external Rotators, and when the limb has been abducted, they draw it medialward, carrying the thigh across that of the opposite side.

9.12 Category

9.12.1        Thigh Adductor Compartment (TAD)

9.13 View (When Illustrated Individually)

9.13.1        Anterior

9.13.1.1Illus. (DSL)

---

10    ADDUCTOR POLLICIS B10E10

Back Table of Contents References 

10.1 Word Derivation

10.1.1        Adductor=Moves part towards the midline

10.1.2        Pollex= Thumb

10.2 Attachments Illus. (DSL)

10.2.1        Origin

10.2.1.1OBLIQUE HEAD

10.2.1.1.1         Capitate bone
10.2.1.1.2         Bases of the 2nd and 3rd metacarpal bones
10.2.1.1.3         Intercarpal ligaments
10.2.1.1.4         Sheath of the tendon of the Flexor carpi radialis

10.2.1.2TRANSVERSE HEAD

10.2.1.2.1         Distal 2/3 of the palmar surface of the 3rd metacarpal bone

10.2.2        Insertion

10.2.2.1Two heads converge to insert on the ulnar side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the thumb

10.3 Joints

10.3.1        Carpometacarpal (CMJ)

10.3.2        Metacarpophalangeal (MPJ)

10.4 Action Illus. (DSL)

10.4.1        Adduction (1st CMJ) (Thumb)

10.4.2        Adduction (1st MPJ) (Thumb)

10.4.3        Flexion (1st MPJ) (Thumb)

10.5 Nerve Supply

10.5.1        Nerve

10.5.1.1          Ulnar (Deep branch)

10.5.2        Roots

10.5.2.1          C8

10.5.2.2          T1

10.6 Synergists

10.6.1        Flexor pollicis brevis

10.6.2        Flexor pollicis longus

10.6.3        Opponens pollicis

10.7 Muscle Tests

10.7.1        ADDUCTOR POLLICIS

10.8 Trigger Points

10.8.1        ADDUCTOR POLLICIS

10.9 Organ Reflexes

10.9.1        None

10.9.2        Illustrations

10.10             Meridian

10.10.1    None

10.11             Discussion (Gray)

10.11.1    The Adductor pollicis (obliquus) (Adductor obliquus pollicis) (Fig. 426) arises by several slips from the capitate bone, the bases of the second and third metacarpals, the intercarpal ligaments, and the sheath of the tendon of the Flexor carpi radialis. From this origin the greater number of fibers pass obliquely downward and converge to a tendon, which, uniting with the tendons of the medial portion of the Flexor pollicis brevis and the transverse part of the Adductor, is inserted into the ulnar side of the base of the first phalanx of the thumb, a sesamoid bone being present in the tendon. A considerable fasciculus, however, passes more obliquely beneath the tendon of the Flexor pollicis longus to join the lateral portion of the Flexor brevis and the Abductor pollicis brevis.

10.11.2    The Adductor pollicis (transversus) (Adductor transversus pollicis) (Fig. 426) Fig 427 is the most deeply seated of this group of muscles. It is of a triangular form arising by a broad base from the lower two-thirds of the volar surface of the third metacarpal bone; the fibers converge, to be inserted with the medial part of the Flexor pollicis brevis and the Adductor pollicis (obliquus) into the ulnar side of the base of the first phalanx of the thumb

10.11.3    Variations-The two adductors vary in their relative extent and in the closeness of their connection. The Adductor obliquus may receive a slip from the transverse metacarpal ligament.

10.11.4    Actions-The Abductor pollicis brevis draws the thumb forward in a plane at right angles to that of the palm of the hand. The Adductor pollicis is the opponent of this muscle, and approximates the thumb to the palm.

10.12             Category

10.12.1    Intrinsic Hand Thenar (IHT)

10.13             View (When Illustrated Individually)

10.13.1    Anterior

10.13.1.1 Illus. (DSL)

---

11    ANCONEUS B11E11

Back Table of Contents References 

11.1 Word Derivation

11.1.1        Anconeal=Pertaining to elbow

11.2 Attachments Illus.1  (DSL) Illus.2  (DSL)

11.2.1        Origin

11.2.1.1Posterior surface of lateral Epicondyle of humerus

11.2.2        Insertion

11.2.2.1Lateral side of Olecranon process

11.2.2.2Upper 1/4th of posterior surface of proximal portion of ulna

11.3 Joints

11.3.1        Elbow

11.3.2        Radioulnar (RU)

11.4 Action Illus. (DSL)

11.4.1        Extension (Elbow)

11.4.2        Pronation (RU)

11.5 Nerve Supply

11.5.1        Nerve

11.5.1.1          Radial

11.5.2        Roots

11.5.2.1          C7

11.5.2.2          C8

11.5.2.3          T1

11.6 Synergists

11.6.1        Triceps Brachii

11.7 Muscle Tests

11.7.1        ANCONEUS

11.8 Trigger Points

11.8.1        ANCONEUS

11.9 Organ Reflexes

11.9.1        Pancreas

11.9.2        Illustrations

11.10             Meridian

11.10.1    Spleen/Pancreas

11.11             Discussion (Gray)

11.11.1    The Anconæus (Fig. 418) is a small triangular muscle, which is placed on the back of the elbow-joint, and appears to be a continuation of the Triceps brachii. It arises by a separate tendon from the back part of the lateral epicondyle of the humerus; its fibers diverge and are inserted into the side of the olecranon, and upper fourth of the dorsal surface of the body of the ulna.

11.11.2    Actions-The Anconæus assists the Triceps in extending the forearm.

11.12             Category

11.12.1    Forearm Extensors (FAE)

11.13             View (When Illustrated Individually)

11.13.1    Posterior

11.13.1.1 Illus. (DSL)

---

12    BICEPS BRACHII B12E12

Back Table of Contents References 

12.1 Word Derivation and Pronunciation

12.2 Pronunciation

12.2.1.1BICEPS BRA·CHII- 'bI-"seps 'brA-kE-"I, -kE-"E Icon

12.2.1.2Pronunciation Key

12.2.1        Etymology

12.2.1.1Biceps=Two heads of origin

12.2.1.1.1         New Latin bicipit-, biceps, from Latin, two-headed, from bi- + capit-, caput head

12.2.1.2Brachion=Upper Arm

12.1 Attachments Illus. 1 Illus. 2

12.1.1        Origin

12.1.1.1Long head

12.1.1.1.1            Supraglenoid tubercle of the scapula

12.1.1.2Short head

12.1.1.2.1            Apex of coracoid process of the scapula

12.1.2        Insertion

12.1.2.1Radial tuberosity

12.1.2.2Bicipital aponeurosis (lacertus fibrosus) (Continuous with the deep fascia covering the origins of the Flexor muscles)

12.2 Joints

12.2.1        Glenohumeral (GH)

12.2.2        Elbow

12.2.3        Radioulnar (RU)

12.3 Action Video

12.3.1        Flexion (Elbow)

12.3.2        Supination (RU)

12.3.3        Flexion (GH)

12.3.4        Reversed origin-insertion action

12.3.4.1          Both heads of the biceps brachii are active during flexion of the arm at the shoulder joint, with the long head being more active.

12.4 Nerve Supply

12.4.1        Nerve

12.4.1.1          Musculocutaneous

12.4.1.1.1         Separate branches to each head

12.4.2        Roots

12.4.2.1          C5

12.4.2.2          C6

12.5 Synergists

12.5.1        Brachialis

12.5.2        Brachioradialis

12.5.3        Supinator

12.1 Muscle Tests

12.1.1        BICEPS BRACHII

12.2 Trigger Points

12.2.1        BICEPS BRACHII

12.3 Organ Reflexes

12.3.1        Stomach

12.3.2        Illustrations

12.4 Acupressure/Acupuncture Theory

12.4.1        Organs

12.4.1.1Spleen/Stomach

12.4.2        Channels Discussion

12.4.2.1Spleen/Stomach

12.4.3        Channels Illustration All

12.4.3.1Stomach ALL

12.4.4        Channels Illus Command Points

12.4.4.1Stomach

12.5 Musculoskeletal Pathology

12.5.1        BICEPS TENDINTIS (Proximal)

12.5.2        BICEPS TENDINTIS (Distal)

12.6 Orthopaedic Tests

12.6.1        Biceps Strength

12.6.2        Bicipital Tendinitis Test

12.6.3        Impingement Syndrome Test

12.6.4        Reflexes (Shoulder)

12.6.5        Yergason's Test

12.7 Musculoskeletal Examination

12.7.1        Shoulder and Shoulder Girdle

12.7.2        Elbow

12.8 Stretching

12.8.1        Stretching Concepts

12.8.2        Stretching Individual Muscle Discussion

12.8.3        Stretching Muscle Illustration

12.9 Posture

12.9.1        Postural Assessment

12.9.2        Postural Illustrations

12.10             Massage Routines

12.10.1    Deep Tissue

12.10.1.1 Deltoid

12.10.1.2 Biceps Triceps

12.11             Exercise

12.11.1    Biceps Brachii-Resistance Exercise

12.11.2    Biceps Brachii- Biomechanics

12.12             Discussion (Gray)

12.12.1    The Biceps brachii (Biceps; Biceps flexor cubiti) (Fig. 411) Discussion is a long fusiform muscle, placed on the front of the arm, and arising by two heads, from which circumstance it has received its name. The short head arises by a thick flattened tendon from the apex of the coracoid process, in common with the Coracobrachialis. The long head arises from the supraglenoid tuberosity at the upper margin of the glenoid cavity, and is continuous with the glenoidal labrum. This tendon, enclosed in a special sheath of the synovial membrane of the shoulder-joint, arches over the head of the humerus; it emerges from the capsule through an opening close to the humeral attachment of the ligament, and descends in the intertubercular groove; it is retained in the groove by the transverse humeral ligament and by a fibrous prolongation from the tendon of the Pectoralis major. An elongated muscular belly succeeds each tendon, and the two bellies, although closely applied to each other, can readily be separated until within about 7.5 cm. of the elbow-joint. Here they end in a flattened tendon, which is inserted into the rough posterior portion of the tuberosity of the radius, a bursa being interposed between the tendon and the front part of the tuberosity. As the tendon of the muscle approaches the radius it is twisted upon itself, so that its anterior surface becomes lateral and is applied to the tuberosity of the radius at its insertion. Opposite the bend of the elbow the tendon gives off, from its medial side, a broad aponeurosis, the lacertus fibrosus (bicipital fascia) which passes obliquely downward and medialward across the brachial artery, and is continuous with the deep fascia covering the origins of the Flexor muscles of the forearm (Fig. 410).

12.12.2    Variations —A third head (10 per cent.) to the Biceps brachii is occasionally found, arising at the upper and medial part of the Brachialis, with the fibers of which it is continuous, and inserted into the lacertus fibrosus and medial side of the tendon of the muscle. In most cases, this additional slip lies behind the brachial artery in its coarse down the arm. In some instances, the third head consists of two slips, which pass down, one in front of and the other behind the artery, concealing the vessel in the lower half of the arm. More rarely a fourth head occurs arising from the outer side of the humerus, from the intertubercular groove, or from the greater tubercle. Other heads are occasionally found. Slips sometimes pass from the inner border of the muscle over the brachial artery to the medial intermuscular septum or the medial epicondyle or more rarely to the Pronator teres or Brachialis. The long head may be absent or arise from the intertubercular groove.

12.12.3    Actions- The Biceps brachii is a flexor of the elbow and, to a less extent, of the shoulder; it is also a powerful Supinator, and serves to render tense the deep fascia of the forearm by means of the lacertus fibrosus given off from its tendon.

12.12.4    Non Web Based Links

12.12.4.1       Fig. 410

12.12.4.2       Fig. 411

12.12.4.3       Discussion

12.13             Quiz

12.13.1    Test Your Knowledge

12.14             Category

12.14.1    Forearm Flexors (FAF)

12.15             View (When Illustrated Individually)

12.15.1    Anterior

12.15.1.1 Illus. (DSL)

---

1     BICEPS FEMORIS (Lateral Hamstring) B13E13

Back Table of Contents References 

1.1  Word Derivation

1.1.1  Biceps=Two heads of origin

1.1.2  Femoris=Femur

1.2  Attachments Illus. (DSL)

1.2.1  Origin

1.2.1.1   Long head

1.2.1.1.1  Ischial tuberosity (Posterior Lower & Inner Impression)
1.2.1.1.2  Sacrotuberous ligament

1.2.1.2   Short head

1.2.1.2.1  Lateral lip of linea aspera
1.2.1.2.2  Proximal 2/3rd of lateral supracondylar line of femur
1.2.1.3       Lateral intermuscular septum

1.2.2  Insertion

1.2.2.1   Lateral side of the head of the fibula

1.2.2.2   Lateral condyle of the tibia

1.2.2.3   Deep fascia on the lateral side of the leg

1.3  Joints

1.3.1  Knee

1.3.2  Hip

1.4  Action Illus. (DSL)

1.4.1  Long and Short Head

1.4.1.1             Flexion (Knee)

1.4.1.2             Lateral rotation (Knee)

1.4.2  Long Head Only

1.4.2.1   Extension (Hip)

1.4.2.2   Adduction (Hip)

1.4.2.3   Lateral Rotation (Hip)

1.4.2.4   Note

1.4.2.4.1  When the hip is extended the long head of the biceps Femoris is placed at a mechanical disadvantage in knee extension. The short head of the biceps Femoris then becomes the primary knee flexor.

1.4.2.5   Reversed origin-insertion action

1.4.2.5.1  The long head gives posterior stability to the pelvis and extends the pelvis on the hip.

1.5  Nerve Supply

1.5.1  LONG HEAD

1.5.1.1             Nerve

1.5.1.1.1  Sciatic (Tibial Portion)

1.5.1.2             Roots

1.5.1.2.1  L5
1.5.1.2.2  S1
1.5.1.2.3  S2

1.5.2  Short head

1.5.2.1   Nerve

1.5.2.1.1  Sciatic (Common peroneal portion)

1.5.2.2   Roots

1.5.2.2.1  L5
1.5.2.2.2  S1
1.5.2.2.3  S2

1.6  Synergists

1.6.1  Semimembranosus

1.6.2  Semitendinosus

1.6.3  Gracilis

1.6.4  Sartorius

1.6.5  Gastrocnemius

1.7  Muscle Tests

1.7.1  BICEPS FEMORIS

1.8  Trigger Points

1.8.1  BICEPS FEMORIS

1.9  Organ Reflexes

1.9.1  Rectum

1.9.2  Illustrations

1.10 Meridian

1.10.1        Large Intestine

1.11 Discussion (Gray)

1.11.1        The Biceps femoris (Biceps) (Fig. 434) is situated on the posterior and lateral aspect of the thigh. It has two heads of origin; one, the long head, arises from the lower and inner impression on the back part of the tuberosity of the ischium, by a tendon common to it and the Semitendinosus, and from the lower part of the sacrotuberous ligament; the other, the short head, arises from the lateral lip of the linea aspera, between the Adductor magnus and Vastus lateralis, extending up almost as high as the insertion of the Gluteus maximus; from the lateral prolongation of the linea aspera to within 5 cm. of the lateral condyle; and from the lateral intermuscular septum. The fibers of the long head form a fusiform belly, which passes obliquely downward and lateralward across the sciatic nerve to end in an aponeurosis which covers the posterior surface of the muscle, and receives the fibers of the short head; this aponeurosis becomes gradually contracted into a tendon, which is inserted into the lateral side of the head of the fibula, and by a small slip into the lateral condyle of the tibia. At its insertion, the tendon divides into two portions, which embrace the fibular collateral ligament of the knee-joint. From the posterior border of the tendon, a thin expansion is given off to the fascia of the leg. The tendon of insertion of this muscle forms the lateral hamstring; the common peroneal nerve descends along its medial border

1.11.2        Variations —The short head may be absent; additional heads may arise from the ischial tuberosity, the linea aspera, and the medial supracondylar ridge of the femur or from various other parts. A slip may pass to the Gastrocnemius.

1.11.3        Actions —The hamstring muscles flex the leg upon the thigh. When the knee is semiflexed, the Biceps femoris in consequence of its oblique direction rotates the leg outward; and the Semitendinosus, and to a slight extent the Semimembranosus, rotate the leg inward, assisting the Popliteus. Taking their fixed point from below, these muscles serve to support the pelvis upon the head of the femur, and to draw the trunk directly backward, as in raising it from the stooping position or in feats of strength, when the body is thrown backward in the form of an arch. As already indicated on page 285, complete flexion of the hip cannot be affected unless the knee-joint is also flexed, because of the shortness of the hamstring muscles.

1.12 Category

1.12.1        Leg Posterior Flexor Compartment (LPF)

1.13 View (When Illustrated Individually)

1.13.1        Posterior

1.13.1.1Illus. (DSL)

---

2    BRACHIALIS B14E14

Back Table of Contents References 

2.1  Word Derivation

2.1.1  Brachion=Arm

2.2  Attachments Illus. 1  (DSL) Illus. 2  (DSL)

2.2.1  Origin

2.2.1.1   Deltoid tuberosity (embraces by two angular processes)

2.2.1.2   Humerus (Lower ½) (Anterior) (To within 2.5 cm of articular margin)

2.2.1.3   Intermuscular Septa (More Medial than Lateral)

2.2.2  Insertion

2.2.2.1   Tuberosity of the ulna

2.2.2.2   Coronoid process of the ulna (Rough depression on the anterior surface)

2.3  Joints

2.3.1  Elbow

2.4  Action Illus. (DSL)

2.4.1  Flexion

2.5  Nerve Supply

2.5.1  Nerve

2.5.1.1             Musculocutaneous

2.5.1.2   Radial

2.5.2  Roots

2.5.2.1   C5 (Musculocutaneous)

2.5.2.2   C6 (Musculocutaneous)

2.5.2.3             C7 (Radial)

2.6  Synergists

2.6.1  Brachioradialis

2.6.2  Biceps brachii

2.7  Muscle Tests

2.7.1  BRACHIALIS

2.8  Trigger Points

2.8.1  BRACHIALIS

2.9  Organ Reflexes

2.9.1  Stomach

2.9.2  Illustrations

2.10 Meridian

2.10.1        Stomach

2.11 Discussion (Gray)

2.11.1        The Brachialis (Brachialis anticus) (Fig. 411) covers the front of the elbow-joint and the lower half of the humerus. It arises from the lower half of the front of the humerus, commencing above at the insertion of the Deltoideus, which it embraces by two angular processes. Its origin extends below to within 2.5 cm. of the margin of the articular surface. It also arises from the intermuscular septa, but more extensively from the medial than the lateral; it is separated from the lateral below by the Brachioradialis and Extensor carpi radialis longus. Its fibers converge to a thick tendon, which is inserted into the tuberosity of the ulna and the rough depression on the anterior surface of the coronoid process.

2.11.2        Variations —Occasionally doubled; additional slips to the Supinator, Pronator teres, Biceps, lacertus fibrosus, or radius are more rarely found.

2.11.3        Actions- the Brachialis is a flexor of the forearm, and forms an important defence to the elbow-joint. When the forearm is fixed, the Biceps brachii and Brachialis flex the arm upon the forearm, as in efforts of climbing.

2.12 Category

2.12.1        Forearm Flexors (FAF)

2.13 View

2.13.1        Anterior

2.13.1.1Illus. (DSL)

---

3    BRACHIORADIALIS B15E15

Back Table of Contents References 

3.1  Word Derivation

3.1.1  Brachion=Arm

3.1.2  Radialis=Radius

3.2  Attachments Illus.1  (DSL) Illus.2  (DSL)

3.2.1  Origin

3.2.1.1   Humerus (Lateral supracondylar ridge) (Proximal 2/3)

3.2.1.2   Intermuscular septum (Lateral)

3.2.2  Insertion

3.2.2.1   Radius (Styloid Process-Base-Lateral Side)

3.3  Joints

3.3.1  Elbow

3.3.2  Radioulnar (RU) Distal

3.4  Action Illus. (DSL)

3.4.1  Flexion

3.4.2  Pronation (To midposition when joint is supinated) (RU) Distal

3.4.3  Supination (To midposition when joint is Pronated)  (RU) Distal

3.5  Nerve Supply

3.5.1  Nerve

3.5.1.1             Radial

3.5.2  Roots

3.5.2.1             C5

3.5.2.2             C6

3.5.2.3             C7

3.6  Synergists

3.6.1  Brachialis

3.6.2  Biceps brachii

3.7  Muscle Tests

3.7.1  BRACHIORADIALIS

3.8  Trigger Points

3.8.1  BRACHIORADIALIS

3.9  Organ Reflexes

3.9.1  Stomach

3.9.2  Illustrations

3.10 Meridian

3.10.1        Stomach

3.11 Discussion (Gray)

3.11.1        The Brachioradialis (Supinator longus) (Fig. 414) (Fig. 417) (Fig. 418) is the most superficial muscle on the radial side of the forearm. It arises from the upper two-thirds of the lateral supracondylar ridge of the humerus, and from the lateral intermuscular septum, being limited above by the groove for the radial nerve. Interposed between it and the Brachialis are the radial nerve and the anastomosis between the anterior branch of the profunda artery and the radial recurrent. The fibers end above the middle of the forearm in a flat tendon, which is inserted into the lateral side of the base of the styloid process of the radius. The tendon is crossed near its insertion by the tendons of the Abductor pollicis longus and Extensor pollicis brevis; on its ulnar, side is the radial artery.

3.11.2        Variations —Fusion with the Brachialis; tendon of insertion may be divided into two or three slips; insertion partial or complete into the middle of the radius, fasciculi to the tendon of the Biceps, the tuberosity or oblique line of the radius; slips to the Extensor carpi radialis longus or Abductor pollicis longus; absence; rarely doubled.

3.11.3        Actions-The Brachioradialis is a flexor of the elbow-joint, but only acts as such when the Biceps brachii and Brachialis have initiated the movement of flexion.

3.12 Category

3.12.1        Forearm Flexors (FAF)

3.13 View

3.13.1        Anterior

3.13.1.1Illus. (DSL)

---

4    BUCCINATOR B16E16

Back Table of Contents References 

4.1  Word Derivation

4.1.1  Bucc=Cheek

4.1.2  Buccina=a trumpet

4.2  Attachments

4.2.1  Origin

4.2.1.1   Upper attachment

4.2.1.1.1  Maxilla (External surfaces of the alveolar process) (Corresponding to the three molar teeth) (Crossing the maxillary tuberosity to the pterygold hamulus)

4.2.1.2   Middle attachment

4.2.1.2.1  Pterygomandibular raphe (Anterior border)

4.2.1.3   Inferior attachment

4.2.1.3.1  Mandible (External surfaces of the alveolar processes) (Corresponding to the three molar teeth) (Crossing the junction of the ramus and body to the posterior end of the mylohyoid line)
4.2.1.3.2  Mandible (Buccinator Ridge)

4.2.2  Insertion

4.2.2.1   Upper fibers

4.2.2.1.1  Orbicularis Oris (Blend with upper fibers)

4.2.2.2   Middle fibers

4.2.2.2.1  Orbicularis Oris (Decussate (cross) so that lower and upper ones continue into upper and lower parts of the Orbicularis Oris)

4.2.2.3   Lower fibers

4.2.2.3.1  Blend with lower fibers of orbicularis oris

4.3  Action Illus. (DSL)

4.3.1  Compresses the cheeks against the teeth

4.3.2  Draws angle of the mouth laterally.

4.4  Nerve Supply

4.4.1  Facial (VII)

4.4.2  Inferior buccal branch

4.5  Arterial supply

4.5.1  Buccal (Maxillary)

4.5.2  Facial

4.5.3  Transverse facial

4.6  Synergists

4.6.1  Risorius

4.7  Antagonists

4.7.1  Orbicularis oris

4.8  Muscle Tests

4.8.1  BUCCINATOR

4.9  Trigger Points

4.9.1  BUCCINATOR

4.10 Organ Reflexes

4.10.1        None

4.10.2        Illustrations

4.11 Meridian

4.11.1        None

4.12 Discussion (Gray)

4.12.1        The Buccinator (Fig. 380) (Fig. 381) is a thin quadrilateral muscle, occupying the interval between the maxilla and the mandible at the side of the face. It arises from the outer surfaces of the alveolar processes of the maxilla and mandible, corresponding to the three molar teeth; and behind, from the anterior border of the pterygomandibular raphé which separates it from the Constrictor pharyngis superior. The fibers converge toward the angle of the mouth, where the central fibers intersect each other, those from below being continuous with the upper segment of the Orbicularis oris, and those from above with the lower segment; the upper and lower fibers are continued forward into the corresponding lip without decussation.

4.12.2        Relations —The Buccinator is covered by the buccopharyngeal fascia, and is in relation by its superficial surface, behind, with a large mass of fat, which separates it from the ramus of the mandible, the Masseter, and a small portion of the Temporalis; this fat has been named the suctorial pad, because it is supposed to assist in the act of sucking. The parotid duct pierces the Buccinator opposite the second molar tooth of the maxilla. The deep surface is in relation with the buccal glands and mucous membrane of the mouth.

4.12.3        Actions- The Buccinators compress the cheeks, so that, during the process of mastication, the food is kept under the immediate pressure of the teeth. When the cheeks have been previously distended with air, the Buccinator muscles expel it from between the lips, as in blowing a trumpet; hence the name (buccina, a trumpet).

4.13 Category

4.13.1        Facial Expression (FE)

4.14 View

4.14.1        Anterior

4.14.1.1Illus. (DSL)  

---

5    BULBOCAVERNOSUS (BULBOSPONGIOSUS) B17E17

Back Table of Contents References 

5.1  Word Derivation

5.1.1  Bulbus=Bulb

5.1.2  Caverna=Hollow

5.2  Attachments

5.2.1  Origin

5.2.1.1   Central tendon of perineum

5.2.2  Insertion

5.2.2.1   Inferior fascia of urogenital diaphragm

5.2.2.2   Corpus spongiosum of penis

5.2.2.3   Deep fascia on dorsum of penis in male

5.2.2.4   Pubic arch (Female)

5.2.2.5   Root and dorsum of clitoris (Female)

5.3     Action Illus. (DSL)

5.3.1  Helps expel last drops of urine during micturition

5.3.2  Propel semen along urethra

5.3.3  Assist in erection of the penis in male

5.3.4  Decreases vaginal orifice and assists in erection of clitoris in female

5.4  Nerve Supply

5.4.1  Perineal branch of pudendal nerve

5.5  Synergists

5.5.1   

5.6  Muscle Tests

5.6.1  BULBOCAVERNOSUS

5.7  Trigger Points

5.7.1  BULBOCAVERNOSUS

5.8  Organ Reflexes

5.8.1  None

5.8.2  Illustrations

5.9  Meridian

5.9.1  None

5.10 Discussion (Gray)

5.10.1        The Bulbocavernosus (Ejaculator urinæ; Accelerator urinæ) (Fig. 406) is placed in the middle line of the perineum, in front of the anus. It consists of two symmetrical parts, united along the median line by a tendinous raphé. It arises from the central tendinous point of the perineum and from the median raphé in front. Its fibers diverge like the barbs of a quill-pen; the most posterior form a thin layer, which is lost on the inferior fascia of the urogenital diaphragm; the middle fibers encircle the bulb and adjacent parts, of the corpus cavernosum urethræ, and join with the fibers of the opposite side, on the upper part of the corpus cavernosum urethræ, in a strong aponeurosis; the anterior fibers, spread out over the side of the corpus cavernosum penis, to be inserted partly into that body, anterior to the Ischiocavernosus, occasionally extending to the pubis, and partly ending in a tendinous expansion which covers the dorsal vessels of the penis. Dividing the muscle longitudinally, and reflecting it from the surface of the corpus cavernosum urethræ best see the latter fibers.

5.10.2        Actions—This muscle serves to empty the canal of the urethra, after the bladder has expelled its contents; during the greater part of the act of micturition its fibers are relaxed, and it only comes into action at the end of the process. The middle fibers are supposed by Krause to assist in the erection of the corpus cavernosum urethræ, by compressing the erectile tissue of the bulb. The anterior fibers, according to Tyrrel, also contribute to the erection of the penis by compressing the deep dorsal vein of the penis, as they are inserted into, and continuous with, the fascia of the penis.

5.11 Category

5.11.1        Perineum  (PRN)

5.12 View

5.12.1        Ventral

5.12.1.1Illus. (DSL)

---

6    CILIARY MUSCLE B18E18

Back Table of Contents References 

6.1  Attachments

6.1.1  Origin

6.1.1.1   Scleral spur (posterior margin)

6.1.2  Insertion

6.1.2.1   Stroma of the choroid

6.1.2.2   Ciliary processes

6.1.2.3   Orbiculus ciliaris

6.2  Action Illus. (DSL)

6.2.1  Modify the shape of the lens to adjust for near (lens thickening) or distant Vision (lens thinning)

6.3  Nerve Supply

6.3.1  Near vision

6.3.1.1             Parasympathetic fibers through the Oculomotor nerve (III), from Edinger-Westphal nucleus

6.3.2  Distant vision

6.3.2.1             Sympathetic fibers from the superior cervical ganglion passing into the eye as the long ciliary nerves

6.4  Arterial supply

6.4.1  Long posterior and anterior ciliary rami from the ophthalmic and lacrimal branches of the internal carotid artery

6.5  Synergists

6.5.1  None

6.6  Muscle Tests

6.6.1  CILIARY

6.7  Trigger Points

6.7.1  CILIARY

6.8  Organ Reflexes

6.8.1  None

6.8.2  Illustrations

6.9  Meridian

6.9.1  None

6.10 Antagonists

6.10.1        Parasympathetic and Sympathetic fibers produce antagonistic effects

6.10.2        Parasympathetic fibers

6.10.2.1          Contract the ciliary muscle thereby relaxing the zonal fibers which suspend the lens at its periphery

6.10.2.2          The relaxed lens thickens

6.10.3        Sympathetic fibers

6.10.3.1          Act upon arteries in ciliary body

6.10.3.2          Vasomotor activity increases tension in lens zonal fibers and produces a thinning of the lens

6.11 Discussion (Gray)

6.11.1        The Ciliaris muscle (m. ciliaris; Bowman’s muscle) consists of unstriped fibers: it forms a grayish, semitransparent, circular band, about 3 mm. broad, on the outer surface of the forepart of the choroid. It is thickest in front, and consists of two sets of fibers, meridional and circular. The meridional fibers, much the more numerous, arise from the posterior margin of the scleral spur (page 1007); they run backward, and are attached to the ciliary processes (Fig. 875) and orbiculus ciliaris (Fig. 875).  One bundle, according to Waldeyer, is inserted into the sclera. The circular fibers are internal to the meridional ones, and in a meridional section appear as a triangular zone behind the filtration angle and close to the circumference of the iris. They are well developed in hypermetropic, but are rudimentary or absent in myopic eyes. The Ciliaris muscle is the chief agent in accommodation, i.e., in adjusting the eye to the vision of near objects. When it contracts it, draws forward the ciliary processes, relaxes the suspensory ligament of the lens, and thus allows the lens to become more convex.

6.11.2        Definitions

6.11.2.1          The Ciliary Body (corpus ciliare) —The ciliary body comprises the orbiculus ciliaris, and the Ciliaris muscle

6.11.2.2          The orbiculus ciliaris is a zone of about 4 mm. in width, directly continuous with the anterior part of the choroid; it presents numerous ridges arranged in a radial manner), the ciliary processes.  

6.11.2.3          The ciliary processes (processus ciliares) are formed by the inward folding of the various layers of the choroid, i.e., the choroid proper and the lamina basalis, and are received between corresponding foldings of the suspensory ligament of the lens.

6.11.2.4          Stroma of the choroid Interspersed between the vessels are dark star-shaped pigment cells, the processes of which, communicating with those of neighbouring cells, form a delicate net-work or stroma, which toward the inner surface of the choroid loses its pigmentary character. The inner layer (lamina choriocapillaris) consists of an exceedingly fine capillary plexus, formed by the short ciliary vessels; the network is closer and finer in the posterior than in the anterior part of the choroid. About 1.25 cm. behind the cornea its meshes become larger, and are continuous with those of the ciliary processes. This lamina is connected by a stratum intermedium consisting of fine elastic fibers. On the inner surface of the lamina choriocapillaris is a very thin, structureless, or faintly fibrous membrane, called the lamina basalis; it is closely connected with the stroma of the choroid, and separates it from the pigmentary layer of the retina.

6.11.2.5          The Sclera —The sclera has received its name from its extreme density and hardness; it is a firm, unyielding membrane, serving to maintain the form of the bulb. It is much thicker behind than in front; the thickness of its posterior part is 1 mm.

6.11.2.6          The Cornea —The cornea is the projecting transparent part of the external tunic, and forms the anterior sixth of the surface of the bulb.

6.11.2.7          The Iris —The iris has received its name from its various colors in different individuals. It is a thin, circular, contractile disk, suspended in the aqueous humour between the cornea and lens, and perforated a little to the nasal side of its center by a circular aperture, the pupil.

6.11.3        Additional Illustrations

6.11.3.1          (Fig. 869)

6.11.3.2          (Fig. 870)

6.11.3.3          (Fig. 872)

6.11.3.4          (Fig. 873)

6.11.3.5          (Fig. 874)

6.11.3.6          (Fig. 875)

6.11.3.7          (Fig.876)

6.12 Category

6.12.1        Eye Ball (EB)

6.13 View

6.13.1        (Note: Lower two s are enlarged horizontal sections.)

6.13.1.1Illus. (DSL)

---

7    COCCYGEUS (ISCHIOCOCCYGEUS) B19E19

Back Table of Contents References 

7.1  Word Derivation

7.1.1  Coccygeus=Coccyx

7.2  Attachments Illus. 1 (DSL) Illus. 2 (DSL)

7.2.1  Origin

7.2.1.1   Ischial Spine

7.2.2  Insertion

7.2.2.1   Lower Sacrum

7.2.2.2   Upper Coccyx

7.3  Action Illus. (DSL)

7.3.1  Supports and slightly raises pelvic floor

7.3.2  Resists intraabdominal pressure

7.3.3  Pulls coccyx forward following defecation or parturition

7.4  Nerve Supply

7.4.1  Nerve

7.4.1.1             Sacral

7.4.2  Roots

7.4.2.1             S3

7.4.2.2             S4

7.5  Synergists

7.5.1   

7.6  Muscle Tests

7.6.1  COCCYGEUS

7.7  Trigger Points

7.7.1  COCCYGEUS

7.8  Organ Reflexes

7.8.1  None

7.8.2  Illustrations

7.9  Meridian

7.9.1  None

7.10 Discussion (Gray)

7.10.1        The Coccygeus (Fig. 404) is situated behind the preceding. It is a triangular plane of muscular and tendinous fibers, arising by its apex from the spine of the ischium and sacrospinous ligament, and inserted by its base into the margin of the coccyx and into the side of the lowest piece of the sacrum. It assists the Levator Ani and Piriformis in closing in the back part of the outlet of the pelvis.

7.10.2        Nerve Supply —a branch from the fourth and fifth sacral nerves supplies The Coccygeus.

7.10.3        Actions—The Coccygei pull forward and support the coccyx, after it has been pressed backward during defecation or parturition.

7.11 Category

7.11.1        Pelvic Floor (PF)

7.12 View

7.12.1        Ventral

7.12.1.1Illus. (DSL)

---

8    CORACOBRACHIALIS B20E20

Back Table of Contents References 

8.1  Word Derivation

8.1.1  Coraco=Coracoid process

8.2  Attachments Illus. (DSL)

8.2.1  Origin

8.2.1.1   Tip of coracoid process of scapula

8.2.2  Insertion

8.2.2.1   Middle of medial border of humerus, opposite deltoid tuberosity

8.3  Joints

8.3.1  Glenohumeral

8.4  Action Illus. (DSL)

8.4.1  Horizontal flexion

8.4.2  Adduction

8.5  Nerve Supply

8.5.1  Nerve

8.5.1.1             Musculocutaneous

8.5.2  Roots

8.5.2.1             C5

8.5.2.2             C6

8.5.2.3             C7

8.6  Synergists

8.6.1  Pectoralis major

8.6.2  Biceps brachii

8.6.3  Anterior deltoid

8.7  Muscle Tests

8.7.1  CORACOBRACHIALIS

8.8  Trigger Points

8.8.1  CORACOBRACHIALIS

8.9  Organ Reflexes

8.9.1  Lung

8.9.2  Illustrations

8.10 Meridian

8.10.1        Lung

8.11 Discussion (Gray)

8.11.1        The Coracobrachialis (Fig. 411) the smallest of the three muscles in this region is situated at the upper and medial part of the arm. It arises from the apex of the coracoid process, in common with the short head of the Biceps brachii, and from the intermuscular septum between the two muscles; it is inserted by means of a flat tendon into an impression at the middle of the medial surface and border of the body of the humerus between the origins of the Triceps brachii and Brachialis. It is perforated by the musculocutaneous nerve

8.11.2        Variations —A bony head may reach the medial epicondyle; a short head more rarely found may insert into the lesser tubercle.

8.11.3        Actions —The Coracobrachialis draws the humerus forward and medialward, and at the same time assists in retaining the head of the bone in contact with the glenoid cavity.

8.12 Category

8.12.1        Arm Scapular (AS)

8.13 View

8.13.1        Anterior

8.13.1.1Illus. (DSL)

---

9    CORRUGATOR SUPERCILII B21E21

Back Table of Contents References 

9.1  Word Derivation

9.1.1  Corrugo=Wrinkle

9.1.2  Supercilium=Eyebrow

9.2  Attachments

9.3    Origin

9.3.1.1   Medial end of the superciliary arch of the frontal bone

9.4    Insertion

9.4.1.1   Deep surface of the skin above the midpart of the orbital arch

9.5  Action Illus. (DSL)

9.5.1  : Draws eyebrows medially and down (Frowning muscle)

9.6  Nerve Supply

9.6.1  Temporal branches of the facial nerve (VII)

9.7  Artery supply

9.7.1  Supratrochlear (Branch of ophthalmic)

9.7.2  Supraorbital (Branch of ophthalmic)

9.8  Synergists

9.8.1  Orbicularis oculi

9.8.2  Procerus

9.9  Antagonist

9.9.1  Frontalis

9.10 Muscle Tests

9.10.1        CORRUGATOR SUPERCILII

9.11 Trigger Points

9.11.1        CORRUGATOR SUPERCILII

9.12 Organ Reflexes

9.12.1        None

9.12.2        Illustrations

9.13 Meridian

9.13.1        None

9.14 Discussion (Gray)

9.14.1        The Corrugator (Corrugator supercilii) (Fig. 379) is a small, narrow, pyramidal muscle, placed at the medial end of the eyebrow, beneath the Frontalis and Orbicularis oculi. It arises from the medial end of the superciliary arch; and its fibers pass upward and lateralward, between the palpebral and orbital portions of the Orbicularis oculi, and is inserted into the deep surface of the skin, above the middle of the orbital arch.

9.14.2        Note 79 The corrugator is not recognized as a separate muscle in the Basle Nomenclature.

9.14.3        Actions- The Corrugator draws the eyebrow downward and medialward, producing the vertical wrinkles of the forehead. It is the “frowning” muscle, and may be regarded as the principal muscle in the expression of suffering.

9.15 Category

9.15.1        Facial Expression (FE)

9.16 View

9.16.1        Anterior

9.16.1.1Illus. (DSL)

---

10    CRICOARYTENOID LATERAL & POSTERIOR B22E22

Back Table of Contents References 

10.1 Attachments Illus. (DSL)

10.1.1        Origin

10.1.1.1Cricoarytenoid Lateral

10.1.1.1.1         Upper border of arch of cricoid cartilage

10.1.1.2Cricoarytenoid Posterior

10.1.1.2.1         Posterior surface of lamina of cricoid cartilage

10.1.2        Insertion

10.1.2.1Cricoarytenoid Lateral

10.1.2.1.1         Muscular process of arytenoids cartilage

10.1.2.2Cricoarytenoid Posterior

10.1.2.2.1         Muscular process of arytenoid cartilage

10.2 Action Illus. (DSL)

10.2.1        Cricoarytenoid Lateral

10.2.1.1          Adducts and medially rotates arytenoid cartilage assisting in closing glottis

10.2.2        Cricoarytenoid Posterior

10.2.2.1          Abducts arytenoid cartilage widening glottis

10.3 Nerve Supply

10.3.1        Vagus (X)

10.3.2        Accessory (XI)

10.4 Synergists

10.4.1         

10.5 Muscle Tests

10.5.1        CRICOARYTENOID

10.6 Trigger Points

10.6.1        CRICOARYTENOID

10.7 Organ Reflexes

10.7.1        None

10.7.2        Illustrations

10.8 Meridian

10.8.1        None

10.9 Discussion (Gray)

10.9.1        The Cricoarytænoideus posterior (posterior cricoarytenoid) (Fig. 958) arises from the broad depression on the corresponding half of the posterior surface of the lamina of the cricoid cartilage; its fibers run upward and lateralward, and converge to be inserted into the back of the muscular process of the arytenoid cartilage. The uppermost fibers are nearly horizontal, the middle oblique, and the lowest almost vertical.

10.9.2        Actions-The Cricoarytœnoidei posteriores separate the vocal folds, and, consequently, open the glottis, by rotating the arytenoid cartilages outward around a vertical axis passing through the cricoarytenoid joints; so that their vocal processes and the vocal folds attached to them become widely separated.

10.9.3        The Cricoarytænoideus lateralis (lateral cricoarytenoid) (Fig. 959) is smaller than the preceding, and of an oblong form. It arises from the upper border of the arch of the cricoid cartilage, and, passing obliquely upward and backward, is inserted into the front of the muscular process of the arytenoid cartilage.

10.9.4        Actions-The Cricoarytœnoidei laterales close the glottis by rotating the arytenoid cartilages inward, to approximate their vocal processes.

10.10             Category

10.10.1    Larynx Intrinsic (LXI)

10.11             View

10.11.1    LATERAL AND POSTERIOR VIEW

10.11.1.1 Illus. (DSL)

---

11    CRICOPHARYNGEUS B23E23

Back Table of Contents References 

11.1 Attachments

11.1.1        Origin

11.1.1.1Arch of cricoid cartilage

11.1.2        Insertion

11.1.2.1Arch of cricoid cartilage

11.2 Action Illus. (DSL)

11.2.1        Acts as sphincter to prevent air entering esophagus

11.2.2        Relaxes during swallowing

11.3 Nerve Supply

11.3.1        Nerve Plexus

11.3.1.1          Pharyngeal plexus

11.3.2        Roots

11.3.2.1          CN (IX)

11.3.2.2          CN (X)

11.3.2.3          CN (XI)

11.4 Synergists

11.4.1         

11.5 Muscle Tests

11.5.1        CRICOPHARYNGEUS

11.6 Trigger Points

11.6.1        CRICOPHARYNGEUS

11.7 Organ Reflexes

11.7.1        None

11.7.2        Illustrations

11.8 Meridian

11.8.1        None

11.9 Discussion (Gray)

11.9.1        None

11.10             Category

11.10.1    Pharynx longitudinal layer (PXL)

11.11             View

11.11.1    Posterior

11.11.1.1 Illus. (DSL)

---

12    CRICOTHYROID B24E24

Back Table of Contents References 

12.1 Word Derivation

12.1.1        Crico=Cricoid cartilage of larynx

12.1.2        Thyro=Thyroid gland

12.2 Attachments

12.2.1        Origin

12.2.1.1Anterolateral, external aspect of the cricoid cartilage

12.2.2        Insertion

12.2.2.1Inferior part

12.2.2.1.1         Anterior border of the inferior cornu of thyroid

12.2.2.2Superior Part

12.2.2.2.1         Posterior part of the lower border of the thyroid lamina

12.3 Action Illus. (DSL)

12.3.1        Elevation of cricoid arch and tilting, back its lamina

12.3.2        Closes anterior interval between the cricoid and thyroid cartilages, thereby, tightening the vocal cords

12.4 Nerve Supply

12.4.1        External branch of the superior laryngeal nerve from the vagus nerve (X)

12.5 Arterial supply

12.5.1        Cricothyroid branch and rami of the superior thyroid artery

12.5.2        Rami from the inferior thyroid artery

12.6 Synergists

12.6.1        Posterior Arytenoids

12.7 Antagonists

12.7.1        Vocalis

12.7.2        Thyroarytenoid

12.8 Muscle Tests

12.8.1        CRICOTHYROID

12.9 Trigger Points

12.9.1        CRICOTHYROID

12.10             Organ Reflexes

12.10.1    None

12.10.2    Illustrations

12.11             Meridian

12.11.1    None

12.12             Discussion (Gray)

12.12.1    The Cricothyreoideus (Cricothyroid) (Fig. 957), triangular in form, arises from the front and lateral part of the cricoid cartilage; its fibers diverge, and are arranged in two groups. The lower fibers constitute a pars obliqua, slant backward, and lateralward to the anterior border of the inferior cornu; the anterior fibers, forming pars recta, run upward, backward, and lateralward to the posterior part of the lower border of the lamina of the thyroid cartilage. The medial borders of the two muscles are separated by a triangular interval, occupied by the middle cricothyroid ligament.

12.12.2    The medial borders of the two muscles are separated by a triangular interval, occupied by the middle cricothyroid ligament.

12.12.3    The Cricothyreoideus produce tension and elongation of the vocal folds by drawing up the arch of the cricoid cartilage and tilting back the upper border of its lamina; the distance between the vocal processes and the angle of the thyroid is thus increased, and the folds are consequently elongated.

12.12.4    Actions-

12.12.4.1       The Cricoarytœnoidei posteriores separate the vocal folds, and, consequently, open the glottis, by rotating the arytenoid cartilages outward around a vertical axis passing through the cricoarytenoid joints; so that their vocal processes and the vocal folds attached to them become widely separated.

12.12.4.2       The Cricoarytœnoidei laterales close the glottis by rotating the arytenoid cartilages inward, to approximate their vocal processes.

12.13             Category

12.13.1    Larynx Intrinsic (LXI)

12.14             View

12.14.1    Posterior

12.14.1.1 Illus. (DSL)

---

13    DELTOID ANTERIOR B25E25

Back Table of Contents References 

13.1 Word Derivation

13.1.1        Delta=Triangular

13.1.2        Supercilium=Eyebrow

13.2 Attachments Illus. (DSL)

13.2.1        Origin

13.2.1.1    Anterosuperior border of the lateral 1/3 of the clavicle

13.2.2        Insertion

13.2.2.1    Deltoid tuberosity of the humerus on the anterolateral surface just above is midshaft

13.3 Joints

13.3.1        Glenohumeral

13.4 Action Illus. (DSL)

13.4.1        Abduction

13.4.2        Horizontal flexion

13.4.3        Medial rotation

13.5 Nerve Supply

13.5.1        Nerve

13.5.1.1          Axillary

13.5.2        Roots

13.5.2.1          C5

13.5.2.2          C6

13.6 Synergists

13.6.1        Middle Deltoid

13.6.2        Posterior Deltoid

13.6.3        Supraspinatus

13.6.4        Pectoralis Major Clavicular

13.7 Muscle Tests

13.7.1        DELTOID ANTERIOR

13.8 Trigger Points

13.8.1        DELTOID ANTERIOR

13.9 Organ Reflexes

13.9.1        Lung

13.9.2        Illustrations

13.10             Meridian

13.10.1    Lung

13.11             Discussion (Gray)

13.11.1    The Deltoideus (Deltoid muscle) (Fig. 410) is a large, thick, triangular muscle, which covers the shoulder-joint in front, behind, and laterally. It arises from the anterior border and upper surface of the lateral third of the clavicle, from the lateral margin and upper surface of the acromion, and from the lower lip of the posterior border of the spine of the scapula, as far back as the triangular surface at its medial end. From this extensive origin the fibers converge toward their insertion, the middle passing vertically, the anterior obliquely backward and lateralward, the posterior obliquely forward and lateralward; they unite in a thick tendon, which is inserted into the deltoid prominence on the middle of the lateral side of the body of the humerus. At its insertion, the muscle gives off an expansion to the deep fascia of the arm. This muscle is remarkably coarse in texture, and the arrangement of its fibers is somewhat peculiar; the central portion of the muscle—that is to say, the part arising from the acromion—consists of oblique fibers; these arise in a bipenniform manner from the sides of the tendinous intersections, generally four in number, which are attached above to the acromion and pass downward parallel to one another in the substance of the muscle. The oblique fibers thus formed are inserted into similar tendinous intersections, generally three in number, which pass upward from the insertion of the muscle and alternate with the descending septa. The portions of the muscle arising from the clavicle and spine of the scapula are not arranged in this manner, but are inserted into the margins of the inferior tendon.

13.11.2    Variations —Large variations uncommon. More or less splitting common. Continuation into the Trapezius; fusion with the Pectoralis major; additional slips from the vertebral border of the scapula, infraspinous fascia and axillary border of scapula not uncommon. Insertion varies in extent or rarely is prolonged to origin of Brachioradialis.

13.11.3    Nerves —The Deltoideus is supplied by the fifth and sixth cervical through the axillary nerve.

13.11.4    Actions —The Deltoideus raises the arm from the side, to bring it at right angles with the trunk. Its anterior fibers, assisted by the Pectoralis major, draw the arm forward; and its posterior fibers, aided by the Teres major and Latissimus dorsi, draw it backward.

13.11.5    Illustration-None

13.12             Category

13.12.1    Arm Scapular (AS)

13.13             View

13.13.1    Anterior

13.13.1.1 Illus. (DSL)

---

 

14    DELTOID MIDDLE

Back Table of Contents References 

14.1 Origin

14.1.1        Superior surface of the Acromion process

14.2 Insertion

14.2.1        Deltoid tuberosity of humerus

14.3 Joints

14.3.1        Glenohumeral

14.4 Action

14.4.1        Abduction

14.5 Nerve Supply

14.5.1        Nerve

14.5.1.1Axillary

14.5.2        Roots

14.5.2.1C5

14.5.2.2C6

14.6 Synergists

14.6.1        Anterior Deltoid

14.6.2        Posterior Deltoid

14.6.3        Supraspinatus

14.7 Category

14.7.1        Arm Scapular (AS)

---

15    DELTOID POSTERIOR

Back Table of Contents References 

15.1 Origin

15.1.1        Inferior margin of spine of scapula

15.2 Insertion

15.2.1        Deltoid tuberosity of humerus

15.3 Joints

15.3.1        Glenohumeral

15.4 Action

15.4.1        Abduction

15.4.2        Horizontal Extension

15.4.3        Lateral Rotation

15.5 Nerve Supply

15.5.1        Nerve

15.5.1.1Axillary

15.5.2        Roots

15.5.2.1C5

15.5.2.2C6

15.6 Synergists

15.6.1        Anterior Deltoid

15.6.2        Middle Deltoid

15.6.3        Supraspinatus

15.7 Category

15.7.1        Arm Scapular (AS)

---

16    DEPRESSOR ANGULI ORIS

Back Table of Contents References 

16.1 Origin

16.1.1        The oblique line of the mandible, below and lateral to the depressor labii inferioris

16.2 Insertion

16.2.1        The angle of the mouth, mingling with the levator anguli oris, zygomatIcus major, and muscular bands of the orbicularis Oris

16.3 Action

16.3.1        Depresses the modiolus and angle of mouth

16.4 Nerve Supply

16.4.1        Mandibular marginal branch of the facial nerve (VII)

16.5 Arterial supply

16.5.1        Inferior labial branch from the facial artery

16.5.2        Mental branch from the inferior alveolar artery

16.6 Synergists

16.6.1        Platysma (Pars Modiolus)

16.6.2        Depressor Labii Inferioris

16.7 Antagonists

16.7.1        For direct modiolar deviation

16.7.1.1Levator Anguli Oris

16.7.1.2Zygomaticus Major

16.7.2        For angle of mouth deviation

16.7.2.1Lateral Slip of the Levator Labii Superioris

16.7.2.2Alaeque Nasi

16.7.2.3Levator Labii Superioris

16.7.2.4Zygomaticus Minor

16.8 Category

16.8.1        Facial Expression (FE)

16.9  Note

16.9.1        (Denotes Modiolus)

---

17    DEPRESSOR LABII INFERIORIS

Back Table of Contents  

17.1 Origin

17.1.1        The oblique line of mandible, between symphysis menti and the mental foramen

17.2 Insertion

17.2.1        The skin of the lower lip, blending and intersecting with its other and with orbicularis oris

17.2.2        Note

17.2.2.1It is continuous below and laterally with the labial part of the platysma).

17.3 Action

17.3.1        Depresses the lower lip laterally and assists in eversion

17.4 Nerve Supply

17.4.1        Mandibular marginal branch of the facial nerve (VII)

17.5 Arterial supply

17.5.1        Inferior labial branch of the facial artery

17.5.2        Mental branch of the inferior alveolar artery

17.6 Synergists

17.6.1        Platysma (Pars Labialis)

17.6.2        Depressor Anguli Oris

17.7 Antagonist

17.7.1        Orbicularis Oris

17.8 Category

17.8.1        Facial Expression (FE)

---

18    DEPRESSOR SEPTI

Back Table of Contents  

18.1 Origin

18.1.1        From the incisive fossa of the maxilla

18.2 Insertion

18.2.1        The mobile part of the nasal septum, deep to the superior labial mucous membrane

18.3 Action

18.3.1        Draws ala of nose downwards and thereby constricts the aperture of naris.

18.4 Nerve Supply

18.4.1        Superior buccal branches of the facial nerve (VII)

18.5 Arterial supply

18.5.1        Septal and alar branches from the superior labial artery

18.6 Synergists

18.6.1        Nasalis

18.7 Antagonist

18.7.1        Dilator Naris

18.8 Category

18.8.1        Facial Expression (FE)

---

19    DIAPHRAGM

Back Table of Contents  

19.1 Word Derivation/Pronunciation ect

19.1.1        http://www.m-w.com/dictionary/DIAPHRAGM

19.2 Origin

19.2.1        An approximately circular line passing entirely around the inner surface of the body wall

19.2.2        STERNAL PORTION

19.2.2.1Two slips from the back of the xiphoid process

19.2.3        COSTAL PORTION

19.2.3.1The inner surfaces of the cartilages and adjacent portions of the lower 6 ribs on either side, interdigitating with the transverses abdominis

19.2.4        LUMBAR PORTION

19.2.4.1Medial (Medial Lumbocostal Arch) and lateral arcuate (Lateral Lumbocostal Arch) ligaments and right and left crura from the anterolateral surfaces of the bodies and discs of the upper three lumbar vertebrae

19.3 Insertion

19.3.1        The central tendon, which is an oblong sheet forming the summit of the dome

19.4 Action

19.4.1        Principal muscle of respiration

19.4.2        Draws the central tendon downward, during quiet inspiration, pressing against the abdominal visera

19.5 Nerve Supply

19.5.1        Nerve

19.5.1.1Phrenic (Cervical Plexus)

19.5.2        Roots

19.5.2.1C3

19.5.2.2C4

19.5.2.3C5

19.6 Synergists

19.6.1        External Intercostals

19.6.2        Internal Intercostals

19.6.3        Serratus Posterior Superior

19.6.4        Scalenus Anterior

19.6.5        Scalenus Medius

19.6.6        Scalenus Posterior

19.6.7        Levatores Costarum

19.7 Discussion (Gray)

19.7.1        The Diaphragm (Fig. 391) is a dome-shaped musculofibrous septum which separates the thoracic from the abdominal cavity, its convex upper surface forming the floor of the former, and its concave under surface the roof of the latter. Its peripheral part consists of muscular fibers which take origin from the circumference of the thoracic outlet and converge to be inserted into a central tendon.    15

19.7.2          The muscular fibers may be grouped according to their origins into three parts—sternal, costal, and lumbar. The sternal part arises by two fleshy slips from the back of the xiphoid process; the costal part from the inner surfaces of the cartilages and adjacent portions of the lower six ribs on either side, interdigitating with the Transversus abdominis; and the lumbar part from aponeurotic arches, named the lumbocostal arches, and from the lumbar vertebræ by two pillars or crura. There are two lumbocostal arches, a medial and a lateral, on either side.    16

19.7.3          The Medial Lumbocostal Arch (arcus lumbocostalis medialis [Halleri]; internal arcuate ligament) is a tendinous arch in the fascia covering the upper part of the Psoas major; medially, it is continuous with the lateral tendinous margin of the corresponding crus, and is attached to the side of the body of the first or second lumbar vertebra; laterally, it is fixed to the front of the transverse process of the first and, sometimes also, to that of the second lumbar vertebra.    17

19.7.4          The Lateral Lumbocostal Arch (arcus lumbocostalis lateralis [Halleri]; external arcuate ligament) arches across the upper part of the Quadratus lumborum, and is attached, medially, to the front of the transverse process of the first lumbar vertebra, and, laterally, to the tip and lower margin of the twelfth rib.    18

19.7.5        The Crura.—At their origins the crura are tendinous in structure, and blend with the anterior longitudinal ligament of the vertebral column. The right crus, larger and longer than the left, arises from the anterior surfaces of the bodies and intervertebral fibrocartilages of the upper three lumbar vertebræ, while the left crus arises from the corresponding parts of the upper two only. The medial tendinous margins of the crura pass forward and medialward, and meet in the middle line to form an arch across the front of the aorta; this arch is often poorly defined.    19

19.7.6         From this series of origins the fibers of the diaphragm converge to be inserted into the central tendon. The fibers arising from the xiphoid process are very short, and occasionally aponeurotic; those from the medial and lateral lumbocostal arches, and more especially those from the ribs and their cartilages, are longer, and describe marked curves as they ascend and converge to their insertion. The fibers of the crura diverge as they ascend, the most lateral being directed upward and lateralward to the central tendon. The medial fibers of the right crus ascend on the left side of the esophageal hiatus, and occasionally a fasciculus of the left crus crosses the aorta and runs obliquely through the fibers of the right crus toward the vena caval foramen (Low  82).    20

19.7.7        The Central Tendon.—The central tendon of the diaphragm is a thin but strong aponeurosis situated near the center of the vault formed by the muscle, but somewhat closer to the front than to the back of the thorax, so that the posterior muscular fibers are the longer. It is situated immediately below the pericardium, with which it is partially blended. It is shaped somewhat like a trefoil leaf, consisting of three divisions or leaflets separated from one another by slight indentations. The right leaflet is the largest, the middle, directed toward the xiphoid process, the next in size, and the left the smallest. In structure the tendon is composed of several planes of fibers, which intersect one another at various angles and unite into straight or curved bundles—an arrangement which gives it additional strength.    21

19.7.8        Openings in the Diaphragm.—The diaphragm is pierced by a series of apertures to permit of the passage of structures between the thorax and abdomen. Three large openings—the aortic, the esophageal, and the vena caval—and a series of smaller ones are described.    22

19.7.9          The aortic hiatus is the lowest and most posterior of the large apertures; it lies at the level of the twelfth thoracic vertebra. Strictly speaking, it is not an aperture in the diaphragm but an osseoaponeurotic opening between it and the vertebral column, and therefore behind the diaphragm; occasionally some tendinous fibers prolonged across the bodies of the vertebræ from the medial parts of the lower ends of the crura pass behind the aorta, and thus convert the hiatus into a fibrous ring. The hiatus is situated slightly to the left of the middle line, and is bounded in front by the crura, and behind by the body of the first lumbar vertebra. Through it pass the aorta, the azygos vein, and the thoracic duct; occasionally the azygos vein is transmitted through the right crus.    23

19.7.10      The esophageal hiatus is situated in the muscular part of the diaphragm at the level of the tenth thoracic vertebra, and is elliptical in shape. It is placed above, in front, and a little to the left of the aortic hiatus, and transmits the esophagus, the vagus nerves, and some small esophageal arteries.    24

19.7.11      The vena caval foramen is the highest of the three, and is situated about the level of the fibrocartilage between the eighth and ninth thoracic vertebræ. It is quadrilateral in form, and is placed at the junction of the right and middle leaflets of the central tendon, so that its margins are tendinous. It transmits the inferior vena cava, the wall of which is adherent to the margins of the opening, and some branches of the right phrenic nerve.    25

19.7.12      Of the lesser apertures, two in the right crus transmit the greater and lesser right splanchnic nerves; three in the left crus give passage to the greater and lesser left splanchnic nerves and the hemiazygos vein. The gangliated trunks of the sympathetic usually enter the abdominal cavity behind the diaphragm, under the medial lumbocostal arches.    26

19.7.13      On either side two small intervals exist at which the muscular fibers of the diaphragm are deficient and are replaced by areolar tissue. One between the sternal and costal parts transmits the superior epigastric branch of the internal mammary artery and some lymphatics from the abdominal wall and convex surface of the liver. The other, between the fibers springing from the medial and lateral lumbocostal arches, is less constant; when this interval exists, the upper and back part of the kidney is separated from the pleura by areolar tissue only.    27

19.7.14    Variations.—The sternal portion of the muscle is sometimes wanting and more rarely defects occur in the lateral part of the central tendon or adjoining muscle fibers.    28

19.7.15    Nerves.—The diaphragm is supplied by the phrenic and lower intercostal nerves.    29

19.7.16    Actions.—The diaphragm is the principal muscle of inspiration, and presents the form of a dome concave toward the abdomen. The central part of the dome is tendinous, and the pericardium is attached to its upper surface; the circumference is muscular. During inspiration the lowest ribs are fixed, and from these and the crura the muscular fibers contract and draw downward and forward the central tendon with the attached pericardium. In this movement the curvature of the diaphragm is scarcely altered, the dome moving downward nearly parallel to its original position and pushing before it the abdominal viscera. The descent of the abdominal viscera is permitted by the elasticity of the abdominal wall, but the limit of this is soon reached. The central tendon applied to the abdominal viscera then becomes a fixed point for the action of the diaphragm, the effect of which is to elevate the lower ribs and through them to push forward the body of the sternum and the upper ribs. The right cupola of the diaphragm, lying on the liver, has a greater resistance to overcome than the left, which lies over the stomach, but to compensate for this the right crus and the fibers of the right side generally are stronger than those of the left.    30

19.7.17      In all expulsive acts the diaphragm is called into action to give additional power to each expulsive effort. Thus, before sneezing, coughing, laughing, crying, or vomiting, and previous to the expulsion of urine or feces, or of the fetus from the uterus, a deep inspiration takes place. The height of the diaphragm is constantly varying during respiration; it also varies with the degree of distension of the stomach and intestines and with the size of the liver. After a forced expiration the right cupola is on a level in front with the fourth costal cartilage, at the side with the fifth, sixth, and seventh ribs, and behind with the eighth rib; the left cupola is a little lower than the right. Halls Dally  83 states that the absolute range of movement between deep inspiration and deep expiration averages in the male and female 30 mm. on the right side and 28 mm. on the left; in quiet respiration the average movement is 12.5 mm. on the right side and 12 mm. on the left.    31

19.7.18      Skiagraphy shows that the height of the diaphragm in the thorax varies considerably with the position of the body. It stands highest when the body is horizontal and the patient on his back, and in this position it performs the largest respiratory excursions with normal breathing. When the body is erect the dome of the diaphragm falls, and its respiratory movements become smaller. The dome falls still lower when the sitting posture is assumed, and in this position its respiratory excursions are smallest. These facts may, perhaps, explain why it is that patients suffering from severe dyspnœa are most comfortable and least short of breath when they sit up. When the body is horizontal and the patient on his side, the two halves of the diaphragm do not behave alike. The uppermost half sinks to a level lower even than when the patient sits, and moves little with respiration; the lower half rises higher in the thorax than it does when the patient is supine, and its respiratory excursions are much increased. In unilateral disease of the pleura or lungs analogous interference with the position or movement of the diaphragm can generally be observed skiagraphically.    32

19.7.19      It appears that the position of the diaphragm in the thorax depends upon three main factors, viz.: (1) the elastic retraction of the lung tissue, tending to pull it upward; (2) the pressure exerted on its under surface by the viscera; this naturally tends to be a negative pressure, or downward suction, when the patient sits or stands, and positive, or an upward pressure, when he lies; (3) the intra-abdominal tension due to the abdominal muscles. These are in a state of contraction in the standing position and not in the sitting; hence the diaphragm, when the patient stands, is pushed up higher than when he sits.    33

19.7.20      The Intercostales interni and externi have probably no action in moving the ribs. They contract simultaneously and form strong elastic supports which prevent the intercostal spaces being pushed out or drawn in during respiration. The anterior portions of the Intercostales interni probably have an additional function in keeping the sternocostal and interchondral joint surfaces in apposition, the posterior parts of the Intercostales externi performing a similar function for the costovertebral articulations. The Levatores costarum being inserted near the fulcra of the ribs can have little action on the ribs; they act as rotators and lateral flexors of the vertebral column. The Transversus thoracis draws down the costal cartilages, and is therefore a muscle of expiration.    34

19.7.21      The Serrati are respiratory muscles. The Serratus posterior superior elevates the ribs and is therefore an inspiratory muscle. The Serratus posterior inferior draws the lower ribs downward and backward, and thus elongates the thorax; it also fixes the lower ribs, thus assisting the inspiratory action of the diaphragm and resisting the tendency it has to draw the lower ribs upward and forward. It must therefore be regarded as a muscle of inspiration.    35

19.7.22    Mechanism of Respiration.—The respiratory movements must be examined during (a) quiet respiration, and (b) deep respiration.    36

19.7.23      Quiet Respiration.—The first and second pairs of ribs are fixed by the resistance of the cervical structures; the last pair, and through it the eleventh, by the Quadratus lumborum. The other ribs are elevated, so that the first two intercostal spaces are diminished while the others are increased in width. It has already been shown (p. 304) that elevation of the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth ribs leads to an increase in the antero-posterior and transverse diameters of the thorax; the vertical diameter is increased by the descent of the diaphragmatic dome so that the lungs are expanded in all directions except backward and upward. Elevation of the eighth, ninth, and tenth ribs is accompanied by a lateral and backward movement, leading to an increase in the transverse diameter of the upper part of the abdomen; the elasticity of the anterior abdominal wall allows a slight increase in the antero-posterior diameter of this part, and in this way the decrease in the vertical diameter of the abdomen is compensated and space provided for its displaced viscera. Expiration is effected by the elastic recoil of its walls and by the action of the abdominal muscles, which push back the viscera displaced downward by the diaphragm.    37

19.7.24      Deep Respiration.—All the movements of quiet respiration are here carried out, but to a greater extent. In deep inspiration the shoulders and the vertebral borders of the scapulæ are fixed and the limb muscles, Trapezius, Serratus anterior, Pectorales, and Latissimus dorsi, are called into play. The Scaleni are in strong action, and the Sternocleidomastoidei also assist when the head is fixed by drawing up the sternum and by fixing the clavicles. The first rib is therefore no longer stationary, but, with the sternum, is raised; with it all the other ribs except the last are raised to a higher level. In conjunction with the increased descent of the diaphragm this provides for a considerable augmentation of all the thoracic diameters. The anterior abdominal muscles come into action so that the umbilicus is drawn upward and backward, but this allows the diaphragm to exert a more powerful influence on the lower ribs; the transverse diameter of the upper part of the abdomen is greatly increased and the subcostal angle opened out. The deeper muscles of the back, e.g., the Serrati posteriores superiores and the Sacrospinales and their continuations, are also brought into action; the thoracic curve of the vertebral column is partially straightened, and the whole column, above the lower lumbar vertebræ, drawn backward. This increases the antero-posterior diameters of the thorax and upper part of the abdomen and widens the intercostal spaces. Deep expiration is effected by the recoil of the walls and by the contraction of the antero-lateral muscles of the abdominal wall, and the Serrati posteriores inferiores and Transversus thoracis.    38

19.7.25      Halls Dally (op. cit.) gives the following figures as representing the average changes which occur during deepest possible respiration. The manubrium sterni moves 30 mm. in an upward and 14 mm. in a forward direction; the width of the subcostal angle, at a level of 30 mm. below the articulation between the body of the sternum and the xiphoid process, is increased by 26 mm.; the umbilicus is retracted and drawn upward for a distance of 13 mm.

19.8 Category

19.8.1        Breathing (B)

19.9 Iluustration

19.9.1        Grays

19.9.1.1http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus391.html

---

20    DIGASTRIC ANT & POST BELLY (SUPRAHYOID)

Back Table of Contents  

20.1 Origin

20.1.1        Anterior belly

20.1.1.1Digastric fossa of mandible

20.1.2        Posterior belly

20.1.2.1Mastoid notch of temporal bone

20.2 Insertion

20.2.1        Intermediate tendon attached to the hyoid via a fibrous loop

20.3 Action

20.3.1        Mandibular depression and hyoid elevation

20.3.2        Note

20.3.2.1Both bellies act together during swallowing and chewing

20.4 Nerve Supply

20.4.1        Anterior belly

20.4.1.1Mylohyoid rami from the inferior alveolar branch of the trIgeminal nerve (V3)

20.4.2        Posterior belly

20.4.2.1Digastric branch facial nerve (VII)

20.5 Arterial supply

20.5.1        Anterior belly

20.5.1.1Mylohyoid branch of inferior alveolar artery

20.5.1.2Submandibular branch of the facial artery

20.5.2        Posterior belly

20.5.2.1Posterior auricular artery and muscular branches of the occipital artery

20.6 Synergists

20.6.1        Mandibular Depression

20.6.1.1Mylohyoid

20.6.1.2Geniohyoid

20.6.1.3Lateral Pterygoid

20.6.1.4Platysma

20.6.2        Hyoid Elevation

20.6.2.1Stylohyoid

20.6.2.2Mylohyoid

20.6.2.3Geniohyoid

20.7 Antagonists

20.7.1        Mandibular Depression

20.7.1.1Masseter

20.7.1.2Temporalis

20.7.1.3Medial Pterygoid

20.7.2        Hyoid Elevation

20.7.2.1Sternohyoid

20.7.2.2Thyrohyoid

20.7.2.3Omohyoid

20.8 Category

20.8.1        ORAL CAVITY FLOOR (OCF)

---

21    DILATOR PUPILLAE

Back Table of Contents  

21.1 Origin

21.1.1        The mesodermal stroma in the periphery of the iris

21.2 Insertion

21.2.1        The iris among the outer parts of the sphincter pupillae fibers

21.3 Action

21.3.1        Dilation of the pupil to adjust for distant vision or diminished light

21.4 Nerve Supply

21.4.1        Sympathetic fibers from the superior cervical ganglion passing as long ciliary nerves to the globe

21.5 Arterial supply

21.5.1        Long posterior and anterior ciliary rami from the ophthalmic and lacrimal branches of the internal carotid artery

21.6 Synergists

21.6.1        None

21.7 Antagonist

21.7.1        Sphincter pupillae

21.8 Category

21.8.1        Eye Ball (EB)

21.9 View

21.9.1        Note

21.9.1.1Lower 2 s are enlarged horizontal sections

---

22    DORSAL INTEROSSEI (FOOT)

Back Table of Contents References  

22.1 Attachments

22.1.1        Origin

22.1.1.1    There are four dorsal Interossei each by two heads from adjacent sides of the metatarsals

22.1.2        Insertion

22.1.2.1Bases of the proximal phalanges

22.1.2.2Extensor expansion of the tendons of the extensor digitorum longus

22.1.2.3The 1st dorsal interosseous (arising from the 1st and 2nd metatarsals) inserts into the medial side of the 2nd toe

22.1.2.4The 2nd-4th dorsal Interossei insert into the lateral sides of the 2nd 3rd and 4th toes

22.2 Action

22.2.1        Abducts the 2nd, 3rd and 4th toes away from the longitudinal axis of the 2nd toe

22.2.2        Assists in flexing the proximal phalanx

22.2.3        Extends the middle and distal phalanges

22.3 Nerve Supply

22.3.1        Nerve

22.3.1.1Lateral Plantar

22.3.2        Roots

22.3.2.1S2

22.3.2.2S3

22.4 Synergists

22.4.1        Plantar Interossei

22.5 Muscle Tests

22.5.1         

22.6 Trigger Points

22.6.1         

22.7 Discussion (Gray)

22.7.1        Interossei—The Interossei in the foot are similar to those in the hand, with this exception, that they are grouped around the middle line of the second digit, instead of that of the third. They are seven in number, and consist of two groups, dorsal and plantar.    29

22.7.2          The Interossei dorsales (Dorsal interossei) (Fig. 446), four in number, are situated between the metatarsal bones. They are bipenniform muscles, each arising by two heads from the adjacent sides of the metatarsal bones between which it is placed; their tendons are inserted into the bases of the first phalanges, and into the aponeurosis of the tendons of the Extensor digitorum longus. In the angular interval left between the heads of each of the three lateral muscles, one of the perforating arteries passes to the dorsum of the foot; through the space between the heads of the first muscle the deep plantar branch of the dorsalis pedis artery enters the sole of the foot. The first is inserted into the medial side of the second toe; the other three are inserted into the lateral sides of the second, third, and fourth toes.

22.7.3        Discussion

22.7.3.1http://www.bartleby.com/107/131.html

22.7.4        Illustration

22.7.4.1http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus446.html

22.8 Category

22.8.1        Intrinsic Foot (Plantar 4th Deep Layer)

---

23    DORSAL INTEROSSEI (HAND)

Back Table of Contents  

23.1 Origin

23.1.1        Each from the 2 metacarpal bones between which it inserts

23.2 Insertion

23.2.1        Bases of the proximal phalanges of the 2nd, 3rd and 4th digits and the extensor expansion

23.3 Action

23.3.1        Abduct index, middle and ring fingers from an axis through the middle finger

23.3.2        All assist in flexing the proximal phalanges of the index, middle and ring fingers at the metacarpophalangeal joints

23.3.3        Extending middle and distal phalanges

23.4 Nerve Supply

23.4.1        Nerve

23.4.1.1Ulnar (Deep Branch)

23.4.2        Roots

23.4.2.1C8

23.4.2.2T1

23.5 Synergists

23.5.1        Lumbricals

23.5.2        Palmar Interossei

23.5.3        Flexor Digitorum Profundus

23.5.4        Flexor Digitorum Superficialis

23.6 Category

23.6.1        Intrinsic Hand Intermediate (Midpalmar) (IHI)

---

24    EXTENSOR CARPI RADIALIS BREVIS

Back Table of Contents  

24.1 Origin

24.1.1        Common extensor tendon from lateral epicondyle of humerus

24.2 Insertion

24.2.1        Posterior surface of base of 3rd metacarpal

24.3 Joints

24.3.1        Wrist

24.4 Action

24.4.1        Extension

24.4.2        Radial Deviation

24.5 Nerve Supply

24.5.1        Nerve

24.5.1.1Posterior interosseous (deep radial)

24.5.2        Roots

24.5.2.1C7

24.5.2.2C8

24.6 Synergists

24.6.1        Extensor Carpi Radialis Longus

24.6.2        Extensor Carpi Ulnaris (Extension)

24.6.3        Extensor Carpi Radialis Longus

24.6.4        Flexor Carpi Radialis (Radial Deviation)

24.7 Category

24.7.1        Wrist, Hand, and Fingers Posterior Extensors Deep (WHFPED)

---

25    EXTENSOR CARPI RADIALIS LONGUS

Back Table of Contents  

25.1 Origin

25.1.1        Lower 1/3 of lateral supracondylar ridge

25.1.2        Lateral epicondyle (few fibers from)

25.2 Insertion

25.2.1        Posterior surface of base of second metacarpal

25.3 Joint

25.3.1        Wrist

25.4 Action

25.4.1        Extension

25.4.2        Radial Deviation

25.5 Nerve Supply

25.5.1        Nerve

25.5.1.1Radial

25.5.2        Roots

25.5.2.1C6

25.5.2.2C7

25.6 Synergists

25.6.1        Extensor Carpi Radialis Brevis

25.6.2        Extensor Carpi Ulnaris (Extension)

25.6.3        Flexor Carpi Radialis (Radial Deviation)

25.7 Category

25.7.1        Wrist, Hand, and Fingers Posterior Extensors Superficial (WHFPES)

---

26    EXTENSOR CARPI ULNARIS

Back Table of Contents  

26.1 Origin

26.1.1        By two heads from lateral epicondyle of humerus and middle 1/3 of posterior ridge of ulna

26.2 Insertion

26.2.1        Posterior surface of base of 5th metacarpal

26.3 Joint

26.3.1        Wrist

26.4 Action

26.4.1        Extension

26.4.2        Ulnar Deviation

26.5 Nerve Supply

26.5.1        Nerve

26.5.1.1Posterior interosseous (deep radial)

26.5.2        Roots

26.5.2.1C7

26.5.2.2C8

26.6 Synergists

26.6.1        Extensor Carpi Radialis Longus

26.6.2        Extensor Carpi Radialis Brevis (Extension)

26.6.3        Flexor Carpi Ulnaris (Ulnar Deviation)

26.7 Category

26.7.1        Wrist, Hand, and Fingers Posterior Extensors Superficial (WHFPES)

---

27    EXTENSOR DIGITI MINIMI

Back Table of Contents  

27.1 Origin

27.1.1        The common tendon of the extensor digitorum

27.2 Insertion

27.2.1        The tendon of the extensor digitorum at the proximal phalanx of the little finger and into the dorsal expansion of the finger extensor tendons

27.3 Joints

27.3.1        Metacarpophalangeal (MCP)

27.3.2        Interphalangeal (IP)

27.3.3        Wrist

27.4 Action

27.4.1        Extension (Proximal Phalanx Of The Little Finger) (MCP)

27.4.2        Extension (Wrist)

27.4.3        Extension (Middle And Distal Phalanges Especially When The Proximal Phalanx Is Held In Flexion) (IP)

27.5 Nerve Supply

27.5.1         

27.5.1.1Posterior interosseous (deep radial)

27.5.2         

27.5.2.1C7

27.5.2.2C8

27.5.3        NOTE

27.5.3.1The posterior interosseous nerve is a direct continuation of the deep radial nerve after it has passed through the supinator .

27.6 Synergists

27.6.1        Extensor digitorum.

27.7 Category

27.7.1         

---

28    EXTENSOR DIGITORUM

Back Table of Contents  

28.1 Origin

28.1.1        Common extensor tendon from lateral epicondyle of humerus.

28.2 Insertion

28.2.1        By 4tendons, 1 to each finger, each tendon dividing into 3 slips, the middle one attaching to the dorsal surface of middle phalanx and the other 2 uniting to attach to dorsal surface of base of distal phalanx.

28.3 Action

28.3.1        Extends phalanges at the interphalangeal joints, con- tinued action extends the metacarpophalangeal and car- pometacarpal articulations. Assists in extending wrist.

28.4 Nerve Supply

28.4.1        Posterior interosseous, (deep radial) C7, 8.

28.5 Synergists

28.5.1        Extensor indicis, extensor digiti minimi, lumbri- cales.

28.6 Category

28.6.1         

---

29    EXTENSOR DIGITORUM BREVIS

Back Table of Contents References  

29.1 Word Derivation and Pronunciation

29.2 Pronunciation

29.2.1.1Extensor Digitorum Brevis= eks-tenser, -sr  brevhttp://216.251.232.159/semdweb/internetsomd/GIFS/sprime.gifis  Icon

29.2.1.2Pronunciation Key

29.2.2        Etymology

29.2.2.1Extensor=increases angle at joint

29.2.2.2Digitorum=Finger or Toe

29.2.2.3Brevis= Brief, short

29.2.2.4Extensor= Latin one who stretches, from ex-tendo, to stretch out

29.3 Attachments

29.3.1        Origin

29.3.1.1    Forepart of the supralateral surface of the calcaneus

29.3.1.1.1               Distal and lateral surfaces of the calcaneus
29.3.1.1.1.1           Distal part of superior and lateral surfaces of calcaneus

29.3.1.2Lateral talocalcaneal ligament

29.3.1.3Distal to the groove for the peroneus brevis

29.3.1.4    Inferior extensor retinaculum

29.3.1.4.1               Cruciate crural ligament
29.3.1.4.2               Apex of the inferior extensor retinaculum

29.3.2        Insertion

29.3.2.1    Branches into 3 tendons that insert into the lateral sides of the tendons of the extensor digitorum longus of the 2nd, 3rd and 4th toes.

29.4 Joints

29.5Metatarsal/Tarsal

29.6Metatarsophalangeal

29.7Interphalangeal

29.8 Action

29.8.1        Extends the proximal phalanges of the 2rid, 3rd and 4th toes

29.9 Nerve Supply

29.9.1        Nerve

29.9.1.1    Deep peroneal

29.9.2        Roots

29.9.2.1L4

29.9.2.2L5

29.9.2.3S1

29.9.2.4S2

29.10             Synergists

29.10.1    Extensor digitorum longus

29.11             Muscle Tests

29.11.1    EXTENSOR DIGITORUM LONGUS & BREVIS

29.12             Trigger Points

29.12.1    EXTENSOR DIGITORUM BREVIS & EXTENSOR HALLUCIS BREVIS

29.13   Organ Reflexes

29.13.1    None

29.14             Acupressure/Acupuncture Theory

29.14.1    None

29.15             Nutritional

29.15.1    None

29.16             Discussion (Gray)

29.16.1    Extensor digitorum brevis—The fascia on the dorsum of the foot is a thin membranous layer, continuous above with the transverse and cruciate crural ligaments; on either side it blends with the plantar aponeurosis; anteriorly it forms a sheath for the tendons on the dorsum of the foot.    1

29.16.2    The Extensor digitorum brevis (Fig. 441) is a broad, thin muscle, which arises from the forepart of the upper and lateral surfaces of the calcaneus, in front of the groove for the Peronæus brevis; from the lateral talocalcanean ligament; and from the common limb of the cruciate crural ligament. It passes obliquely across the dorsum of the foot, and ends in four tendons. The most medial, which is the largest, is inserted into the dorsal surface of the base of the first phalanx of the great toe, crossing the dorsalis pedis artery; it is frequently described as a separate muscle—the Extensor hallucis brevis. The other three are inserted into the lateral sides of the tendons of the Extensor digitorum longus of the second, third, and fourth toes.    2

29.16.3    Variations.—Accessory slips of origin from the talus and navicular, or from the external cunei-form and third metatarsal bones to the second slip of the muscle, and one from the cuboid to the third slip have been observed. The tendons vary in number and position; they may be reduced to two, or one of them may be doubled, or an additional slip may pass to the little toe. A supernumerary slip ending on one of the metatarsophalangeal articulations, or joining a dorsal interosseous muscle is not uncommon. Deep slips between this muscle and the Dorsal interossei occur.    3

29.16.4    Nerves.—It is supplied by the deep peroneal nerve.    4

29.16.5    Actions.—The Extensor digitorum brevis extends the phalanges of the four toes into which it is inserted, but in the great toe acts only on the first phalanx. The obliquity of its direction counteracts the oblique movement given to the toes by the long Extensor, so that when both muscles act, the toes are evenly extended.

29.16.6    Discussion

29.16.6.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/131.html

29.16.7    Illustration

29.16.7.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus441.html

29.17             Category

29.17.1    Intrinsic Foot (Dorsal Muscles)

---

30    EXTENSOR DIGITORUM LONGUS

Back Table of Contents References

30.1 Word Derivation and Pronunciation

30.2 Pronunciation

30.2.1.1Extensor Digitorum Longus= eks-tenser, -sr  Icon

30.2.1.2Pronunciation Key

30.2.2        Etymology

30.2.2.1Extensor=increases angle at joint

30.2.2.2Digitorum=Finger or Toe

30.2.2.3Longus=Long

30.2.2.4Extensor= Latin one who stretches, from ex-tendo, to stretch out

30.3 Attachments

30.3.1        Origin

30.3.1.1    Lateral condyle of the tibia

30.3.1.2    Head and proximal 3/4 of the anterior surface on the body of the fibula

30.3.1.3    Proximal portion of the interosseus membrane

30.3.1.4    Deep fascia

30.3.1.5    Adjacent intermuscular septa

30.3.2        Insertion

30.3.2.1Divides into four tendons after passing under the extensor retinaculum, to insert on to the dorsal surfaces of the bases of the middle and distal phalanges of the 2nd -5th toes

30.3.2.2Each tendon forms an expansion on the dorsal surface of the toe, and divides into an intermediate slip attached to the base of the middle phalanx and into two lateral slips attached to base of the distal phalanx

30.4 Joints

30.5Ankle (Talocrural)

30.6Tibiofibular (Distal)

30.7Metatarsal/Tarsal

30.8Metatarsophalangeal

30.9Interphalangeal

30.10             Action

30.10.1    Extends the lateral 4 toes

30.10.1.1 Extends the metatarsophalangeal joints and assists in extending the interphalangeal joints of the 2nd through 5th digits.

30.10.2    Dorsiflexes and everts foot at the ankle.

30.10.2.1 Assists in the dorsiflexion of the ankle joint and eversion (Pronation) of the foot.

30.11             Nerve Supply

30.11.1    Nerve

30.11.1.1 Deep peroneal

30.11.2    Roots

30.11.2.1 L4

30.11.2.2 L5

30.11.2.3 S1

30.12             Synergists

30.12.1    Extensor digitorum brevis

30.13             Muscle Tests

30.13.1    EXTENSOR DIGITORUM LONGUS & BREVIS

30.14             Trigger Points

30.14.1    Extensor Digitorum Hallucis Longus

30.15   Organ Reflexes

30.15.1    None

30.16             Acupressure/Acupuncture Theory

30.16.1    None

30.17             Nutritional

30.17.1    None

30.18             Discussion (Gray)

30.18.1    The Extensor digitorum longus is a penniform muscle, situated at the lateral part of the front of the leg. It arises from the lateral condyle of the tibia; from the upper three-fourths of the anterior surface of the body of the fibula; from the upper part of the interosseous membrane; from the deep surface of the fascia; and from the intermuscular septa between it and the Tibialis anterior on the medial, and the Peronæi on the lateral side. Between it and the Tibialis anterior are the upper portions of the anterior tibial vessels and deep peroneal nerve. The tendon passes under the transverse and cruciate crural ligaments in company with the Peronæus tertius, and divides into four slips, which run forward on the dorsum of the foot, and are inserted into the second and third phalanges of the four lesser toes. The tendons to the second, third, and fourth toes are each joined, opposite the metatarsophalangeal articulation, on the lateral side by a tendon of the Extensor digitorum brevis. The tendons are inserted in the following manner: each receives a fibrous expansion from the Interossei and Lumbricalis, and then spreads out into a broad aponeurosis, which covers the dorsal surface of the first phalanx: this aponeurosis, at the articulation of the first with the second phalanx, divides into three slips—an intermediate, which is inserted into the base of the second phalanx; and two collateral slips, which, after uniting on the dorsal surface of the second phalanx, are continued onward, to be inserted into the base of the third phalanx.    7

30.18.2    Variations.—This muscle varies considerably in the modes of origin and the arrangement of its various tendons. The tendons to the second and fifth toes may be found doubled, or extra slips are given off from one or more tendons to their corresponding metatarsal bones, or to the short extensor, or to one of the interosseous muscles. A slip to the great toe from the innermost tendon has been found.

30.18.3    Discussion

30.18.3.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/129.html

30.18.4    Illustration

30.18.4.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus437.html

30.18.4.2 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus440.html

30.19             Category

30.19.1    Foot & Toes (Anterior Compartment)

---

31    EXTENSOR HALLUCIS BREVIS

Back Table of Contents References

31.1 Word Derivation and Pronunciation

31.2 Pronunciation

31.2.1.1Extensor Hallucis Brevis

31.2.1.1.1       Extensor=ik-'sten(t)-s&r
31.2.1.1.2            Hallux=ha-l&ks 
31.2.1.1.3       Halluces= 'ha-l&-"sEz, 'hal-y&-/

31.2.1.2Pronunciation Key

31.2.2        Etymology

31.2.2.1Extensor=increases angle at joint

31.2.2.2Hallucis=Hallux or great toe

31.2.2.2.1            New Latin, from Latin hallus, hallux
: the innermost digit (as the big toe) of a hind or lower limb

31.2.2.3Brevis= Short or Brief

31.3 Attachments

31.3.1        Origin

31.3.1.1Calcaneus (Forepart medial aspect)

31.3.1.1.1            Anterior superior medial aspect of calcaneus
31.3.1.1.2            Distal part of superior and relatively lateral surfaces of calcaneus

31.3.1.2Lateral talocalcaneal ligament

31.3.1.3    Inferior extensor retinaculum

31.3.1.3.1               Cruciate crural ligament
31.3.1.3.2               Apex of the inferior extensor retinaculum

31.3.2        Insertion

31.3.2.1Dorsal surface of the base of proximal phalanx of hallux

31.4 Joints

31.51st Metatarsal/Tarsal

31.61st Metatarsophalangeal

31.7 Action

31.7.1        Extends proximal phalanx of hallux (big toe).

31.7.1.1Extends the metatarsophalangeal joint of the great toe

31.7.1.2The extensor hallucis brevis is the medial section (Slip) of the extensor digitorum brevis, which extends the proximal phalanges of the 2nd- 4th toes.

31.8 Nerve Supply

31.8.1        Nerve

31.8.1.1Deep peroneal

31.8.2        Roots

31.8.2.1L4

31.8.2.2L5

31.8.2.3S1

31.8.2.4S2

31.9 Synergists

31.9.1        Extensor hallucis longus

31.10             Muscle Tests

31.10.1    EXTENSOR HALLUCIS LONGUS & BREVIS

31.11             Trigger Points

31.11.1    EXTENSOR DIGITORUM BREVIS & EXTENSOR HALLUCIS BREVIS

31.12   Organ Reflexes

31.12.1    None

31.12.2    Illustrations

31.13             Acupressure/Acupuncture Theory

31.13.1    None

31.14             Nutritional

31.14.1    None

31.15             Discussion (Gray)

31.15.1    Extensor digitorum brevis—The fascia on the dorsum of the foot is a thin membranous layer, continuous above with the transverse and cruciate crural ligaments; on either side it blends with the plantar aponeurosis; anteriorly it forms a sheath for the tendons on the dorsum of the foot.    1

31.15.2    The Extensor digitorum brevis (Fig. 441) is a broad, thin muscle, which arises from the forepart of the upper and lateral surfaces of the calcaneus, in front of the groove for the Peronæus brevis; from the lateral talocalcanean ligament; and from the common limb of the cruciate crural ligament. It passes obliquely across the dorsum of the foot, and ends in four tendons. The most medial, which is the largest, is inserted into the dorsal surface of the base of the first phalanx of the great toe, crossing the dorsalis pedis artery; it is frequently described as a separate muscle—the Extensor hallucis brevis. The other three are inserted into the lateral sides of the tendons of the Extensor digitorum longus of the second, third, and fourth toes.    2

31.15.3    Variations.—Accessory slips of origin from the talus and navicular, or from the external cunei-form and third metatarsal bones to the second slip of the muscle, and one from the cuboid to the third slip have been observed. The tendons vary in number and position; they may be reduced to two, or one of them may be doubled, or an additional slip may pass to the little toe. A supernumerary slip ending on one of the metatarsophalangeal articulations, or joining a dorsal interosseous muscle is not uncommon. Deep slips between this muscle and the Dorsal interossei occur.    3

31.15.4    Nerves.—It is supplied by the deep peroneal nerve.    4

31.15.5    Actions.—The Extensor digitorum brevis extends the phalanges of the four toes into which it is inserted, but in the great toe acts only on the first phalanx. The obliquity of its direction counteracts the oblique movement given to the toes by the long Extensor, so that when both muscles act, the toes are evenly extended.

31.15.6    Discussion

31.15.6.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/131.html

31.15.7    Illustration

31.15.7.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus441.html

31.16             Category

31.16.1    Intrinsic Foot (Dorsal Muscles)

31.17             Note

31.17.1    (Note: The extensor hallucis brevis is the medial section of the extensor digitorum brevis.)

---

32    EXTENSOR HALLUCIS LONGUS

Back Table of Contents References

32.1 Word Derivation and Pronunciation

32.2 Pronunciation

32.2.1.1Extensor Hallucis Longus

32.2.1.1.1       Extensor=ik-'sten(t)-s&r
32.2.1.1.2            Hallux=ha-l&ks 
32.2.1.1.3       Halluces= 'ha-l&-"sEz, 'hal-y&-/

32.2.1.2Pronunciation Key

32.2.2        Etymology

32.2.2.1Extensor=increases angle at joint

32.2.2.2Hallucis=Hallux or great toe

32.2.2.2.1            New Latin, from Latin hallus, hallux
: the innermost digit (as the big toe) of a hind or lower limb

32.2.2.3Longus= long

32.3 Attachments

32.3.1        Origin

32.3.1.1    Middle 1/2 ( 2/4) of the anterior surface of the fibula

32.3.1.2    Adjacent interosseous membrane

32.3.2        Insertion

32.3.2.1    Dorsal surface of base of distal phalanx of hallux (big toe)

32.4 Joints

32.5Ankle (Talocrural)

32.6Tibiofibular (Distal)

32.71st Metatarsal/Tarsal

32.81st Metatarsophalangeal

32.91st Interphalangeal

32.10             Action

32.10.1    Extends the distal phalanx of the big toe.

32.10.2    Continued action extends proximal phalanx

32.10.2.1 Metatarsophalangeal and interphalangeal joints

32.10.3    Dorsiflexes and inverts (Supinates) the foot at the ankle.

32.11             Nerve Supply

32.11.1    Nerve

32.11.1.1 Deep peroneal

32.11.2    Roots

32.11.2.1 L4

32.11.2.2 L5

32.11.2.3 S1

32.12             Synergists

32.12.1    Extensor Hallucis Brevis

32.13             Muscle Tests

32.13.1    EXTENSOR HALLUCIS LONGUS & BREVIS

32.14             Trigger Points

32.14.1    EXTENSOR DIGITORUM LONGUS & EXTENSOR HALLUCIS LONGUS

32.15   Organ Reflexes

32.15.1    None

32.15.2    Illustrations

32.16             Acupressure/Acupuncture Theory

32.16.1    None

32.17             Nutritional

32.17.1    None

32.18             Discussion (Gray)

32.18.1    The Extensor hallucis longus (Extensor proprius hallucis) is a thin muscle, situated between the Tibialis anterior and the Extensor digitorum longus. It arises from the anterior surface of the fibula for about the middle two-fourths of its extent, medial to the origin of the Extensor digitorum longus; it also arises from the interosseous membrane to a similar extent. The anterior tibial vessels and deep peroneal nerve lie between it and the Tibialis anterior. The fibers pass downward, and end in a tendon, which occupies the anterior border of the muscle, passes through a distinct compartment in the cruciate crural ligament, crosses from the lateral to the medial side of the anterior tibial vessels near the bend of the ankle, and is inserted into the base of the distal phalanx of the great toe. Opposite the metatarsophalangeal articulation, the tendon gives off a thin prolongation on either side, to cover the surface of the joint. An expansion from the medial side of the tendon is usually inserted into the base of the proximal phalanx.    5

32.18.2      

32.18.3    Variations.—Occasionally united at its origin with the Extensor digitorum longus. Extensor ossis metatarsi hallucis, a small muscle, sometimes found as a slip from the Extensor hallucis longus, or from the Tibialis anterior, or from the Extensor digitorum longus, or as a distinct muscle; it traverses the same compartment of the transverse ligament with the Extensor hallucis longus.

32.18.4    Discussion

32.18.4.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/129.html

32.18.5    Illustration

32.18.5.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus437.html

32.18.5.2 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus440.html

32.19             Category

32.19.1    Foot & Toes (Anterior Compartment)

---

33    EXTENSOR INDICIS

Back Table of Contents  

33.1 Origin

33.1.1        Dorsal surface of distal half of ulna.

33.2 Insertion

33.2.1        Index finger extensor digitorum tendon.

33.3 Action

33.3.1        Extension of all phalanges of index finger. Assists in wrist extension.

33.4 Nerve Supply

33.4.1        Posterior Interosseous, (deep radial), C7,8.

33.5 Synergists

33.5.1        Extensor digitorum.

33.6 Category

33.6.1         

---

34    EXTENSOR POLLICIS BREVIS

Back Table of Contents  

34.1 Origin

34.1.1        The posterior surface of the distal end of the body of the ulna near the middle and the adjacent interosseous membrane.

34.2 Insertion

34.2.1        The posterior surface of the base of the proximal phalanx of the thumb.

34.3 Action

34.3.1        Extends the proximal phalanx of the thumb. Continued action extends and assists abduction of the 1 st metacarpal.

34.4 Nerve Supply

34.4.1        Posterior interosseous nerve (deep radial nerve), C6,7.

34.5 Synergists

34.5.1        Abductor pollicis longus, extensor pollicis longus.

34.6 Category

34.6.1         

---

35    EXTENSOR POLLICIS LONGUS

Back Table of Contents  

35.1 Origin

35.1.1        Posterior surface of the middle 1/3 of the ulna and the interosseous membrane.

35.2 Insertion

35.2.1        The posterior surface of the base of the distal phalanx of the thumb.

35.3 Action

35.3.1        Extends the distal phalanx of the thumb. Continued action, extends proximal phalanx and metacarpal, and adducts the 1st metacarpal.

35.4 Nerve Supply

35.4.1        Posterior interosseous nerve (deep radial nerve) C7,8.

35.5 Synergists

35.5.1        Extensor pollicis brevis.

35.6 Category

35.6.1         

---

36    EXTERNAL ABDOMINAL OBLIQUE=ANT DIV

Back Table of Contents  

36.1 Origin

36.1.1        External surfaces and inferior borders of the Sth -12th ribs by tendinous slips that interdigitate with those of serratus anterior and latissimus dorsi.

36.2 Insertion

36.2.1        Linea alba by means of the broad abdominal aponeurosis from ribs to crest of pubis, inquinalligament and the anterior half of the iliac crest along the outer lip.

36.3 Action

36.3.1        Acting unilaterally, rotates the trunk to the opposite side, and flexes it laterally on the side of muscle contraction. If rotation is only activity, the opposite internal oblique is synergist. Acting bilaterally, flexes the trunk anteriorly, supports and compresses the abdominal viscera, giving anterior support to the spinal column. Gives anterior stabilization to pelvis, decreasing lordosis. Assists in forced expiration.

36.4 Nerve Supply

36.4.1        Branches of the 7th .12th intercostal nerves.

36.5 Synergists

36.5.1        Rectus abdominis, internal oblique and external oblique abdominals of opposite side. Psoas on lumbar spine in total trunk flexion.

36.6 Category

36.6.1         

---

37    EXTERNAL ABDOMINAL OBLIQUE=LAT DIV

Back Table of Contents  

37.1 Origin

37.1.1         

37.2 Insertion

37.2.1         

37.3 Action

37.3.1         

37.4 Nerve Supply

37.4.1         

37.5 Synergists

37.5.1         

37.6 Category

37.6.1         

 

---

 

 

38    EXTERNAL ANAL SPHINCTER

Back Table of Contents  

38.1 Origin

38.1.1         

38.2 Insertion

38.2.1         

38.3 Action

38.3.1         

38.4 Nerve Supply

38.4.1         

38.5 Synergists

38.5.1         

38.6 Category

38.6.1         

 

---

 

 

39    EXTERNAL INTERCOSTALS

Back Table of Contents  

39.1 Origin

39.1.1        Inferior border of rib above.

39.2 Insertion

39.2.1        Superior border of rib below

39.3 Action

39.3.1        Elevate ribs during inspiration.

39.4 Nerve Supply

39.4.1        Branches from corresponding intercostal nerves.

39.5 Synergists

39.5.1        Serratus posterior superior, levatores costarum. Scaleni group.

39.6 Category

39.6.1         

---

40    EXTRINSIC AURICULAR MUSCLES

Back Table of Contents  

40.1 Origin

40.1.1        Auriculari~ anterior: Lateral edge of the epicranial aponeurosis.

40.1.2        Auricularis superior: EQicranial aponeurosis. Auricularis posterior: Mastoid part of the temporal bone.

40.2 Insertion

40.2.1        Auricularis anterior: The spine of the helix.

40.2.2        Auricularis superior: The upper part of the cranial surface of the auricle.

40.2.3        Auricularis posterior: By two or three fasciculi into the ponticulus on the eminentia conchae.

40.3 Action

40.3.1        Minimal action in man.

40.3.2        Auricularis anterior: Draws auricle forwards and up.

40.3.3        Auricularis superior: Elevates the auricle.

40.3.4        Auricularis posterior: Draws the auricle back.

40.4 Nerve Supply

40.4.1        Auricularis anterior and superior: Temporal bral}ches 9f the fa~ial nerve (VII).

40.4.2        AuriCularis posterior: PosterIor aurIcular branch of the facial nerve (VII).

40.5 Arterial supply

40.5.1        Auricular rami from the posterior auricular branch of the external carotid artery, the anterior auricular branches of the superficial temporal artery, and the auricular branch of the occipital artery.

40.6 Synergists

40.6.1        Frontalis and occipitalis, indirectly.

40.7 Antagonist

40.7.1        None

40.8 Category

40.8.1         

---

41    FLEXOR CARPI RADIALIS

Back Table of Contents  

41.1 Origin

41.1.1        Common flexor tendon from medial epicondyle of humerus.

41.2 Insertion

41.2.1        Anterior surfaces of bases of 2nd and 3rd metacar- pals.

41.3 Action

41.3.1        Flexes and radially deviates the hand at the wrist.

41.4 Nerve Supply

41.4.1        Median nerve, C6, 7.

41.5 Synergists

41.5.1        Flexor carpi ulnaris and palmaris longus for flexion. Extension carpi radialis longus and brevis for radial deviation.

41.6 Category

41.6.1         

---

42    FLEXOR CARPI ULNARIS

Back Table of Contents  

42.1 Origin

42.1.1        By 2 heads from medial epicondyle of humerus and medial border of olecranon process of ulna.

42.2 Insertion

42.2.1        Palmar surface of pisiform and hamate carpal bones and base of Sth metacarpal.

42.3 Action

42.3.1        Flexes and ulnarly deviates the hand at the wrist.

42.4 Nerve Supply

42.4.1        Ulnar, C7, 8.

42.5 Synergists

42.5.1        Flexor carpi radials and palmaris longus for flexion. Extensor carpi ulnaris for ulnar deviation.

42.6 Category

42.6.1         

---

43    FLEXOR DIGITI MINIMI BREVIS (FOOT)

Back Table of Contents References  

43.1 Attachments

43.1.1        Origin

43.1.1.1    Base of the 5th metatarsal bone

43.1.2        Insertion

43.1.2.1    Lateral side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the little toe

43.2 Action

43.2.1        Flexes the proximal phalanx of the 5th toe.

43.3 Nerve Supply

43.3.1        Nerve

43.3.1.1Lateral plantar nerve

43.3.2        Roots

43.3.2.1S2

43.3.2.2S3

43.4 Synergists

43.4.1        Flexor digitorum brevis

43.4.2        Flexor digitorum longus

43.4.3        Quadratus plantae

43.5 Muscle Tests

43.5.1         

43.6 Trigger Points

43.6.1         

43.7 Discussion (Gray)

43.7.1        The Flexor digiti quinti brevis (Flexor brevis minimi digiti) lies under the metatarsal bone of the little toe, and resembles one of the Interossei. It arises from the base of the fifth metatarsal bone, and from the sheath of the Peronæus longus; its tendon is inserted into the lateral side of the base of the first phalanx of the fifth toe. Occasionally a few of the deeper fibers are inserted into the lateral part of the distal half of the fifth metatarsal bone; these are described by some as a distinct muscle, the Opponens digiti quinti.

43.7.2        Discussion

43.7.2.1http://www.bartleby.com/107/131.html

43.7.3        Illustration

43.7.3.1http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus445.html

43.8 Category

43.8.1        Intrinsic Foot (Plantar 3rd Layer)

---

44    FLEXOR DIGITI MINIMI BREVIS (HAND)

Back Table of Contents  

44.1 Origin

44.1.1        Hamulus or hook of the hamate bone and flexor retinaculum.

44.2 Insertion

44.2.1        Ulnar side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the Sth finger.

44.3 Action

44.3.1        Flexes the Sth digit at the metacarpophalangeal articula- tion.

44.4 Nerve Supply

44.4.1        Deep branch of ulnar nerve, C8, T1.

44.5 Synergists

44.5.1        Flexor digitorum superficialis, flexor digitorum profundus, opponens digiti minimi, interossei.

44.6 Category

44.6.1         

---

45    FLEXOR DIGITORUM BREVIS

Back Table of Contents References  

45.1 Attachments

45.1.1        Origin

45.1.1.1Medial process of tuberosity of the calcaneus

45.1.1.2Central part of the plantar aponeurosis (The entire muscle belly is firmly united with the plantar aponeurosis)

45.1.1.3    Intermuscular septa

45.1.2        Insertion

45.1.2.1Divides into 4 tendons that insert into the middle phalanges of the 2nd -5th toes

45.2 Action

45.2.1        Plantar flexes the middle phalanges on the proximal phalanges

45.2.2        Continued action flexes the proximal phalanges on the metatarsals.

45.3 Nerve Supply

45.3.1        Nerve

45.3.1.1Medial Plantar (Tibial)

45.3.2        Roots

45.3.2.1L4

45.3.2.2L5

45.3.2.3S1

45.3.2.4S2

45.3.2.5S3

45.4 Synergists

45.4.1        Flexor digitorum longus

45.5 Muscle Tests

45.5.1         

45.6 Trigger Points

45.6.1         

45.7 Discussion (Gray)

45.7.1        The Flexor digitorum brevis lies in the middle of the sole of the foot, immediately above the central part of the plantar aponeurosis, with which it is firmly united. Its deep surface is separated from the lateral plantar vessels and nerves by a thin layer of fascia. It arises by a narrow tendon, from the medial process of the tuberosity of the calcaneus, from the central part of the plantar aponeurosis, and from the intermuscular septa between it and the adjacent muscles. It passes forward, and divides into four tendons, one for each of the four lesser toes. Opposite the bases of the first phalanges, each tendon divides into two slips, to allow of the passage of the corresponding tendon of the Flexor digitorum longus; the two portions of the tendon then unite and form a grooved channel for the reception of the accompanying long Flexor tendon. Finally, it divides a second time, and is inserted into the sides of the second phalanx about its middle. The mode of division of the tendons of the Flexor digitorum brevis, and of their insertion into the phalanges, is analogous to that of the tendons of the Flexor digitorum sublimis in the hand.    14

45.7.2        Variations.—Slip to the little toe frequently wanting, 23 per cent.; or it may be replaced by a small fusiform muscle arising from the long flexor tendon or from the Quadratus plantæ.    15

45.7.3        Fibrous Sheaths of the Flexor Tendons.—The terminal portions of the tendons of the long and short Flexor muscles are contained in osseoaponeurotic canals similar in their arrangement to those in the fingers. These canals are formed above by the phalanges and below by fibrous bands, which arch across the tendons, and are attached on either side to the margins of the phalanges. Opposite the bodies of the proximal and second phalanges the fibrous bands are strong, and the fibers are transverse; but opposite the joints they are much thinner, and the fibers are directed obliquely. Each canal contains a mucous sheath, which is reflected on the contained tendons.

45.7.4        Discussion

45.7.4.1http://www.bartleby.com/107/131.html

45.7.5        Illustration

45.7.5.1http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus443.html

45.8 Category

45.8.1        Intrinsic Foot Plantar First Superficial Layer (IFP1)

---

46    FLEXOR DIGITORUM LONGUS

Back Table of Contents References  

46.1 Word Derivation and Pronunciation

46.2 Pronunciation

46.2.1.1Flexor Digitorum Longus

46.2.1.1.1            Flexor=flek-s&r, -"sor   

46.2.1.2Pronunciation Key

46.2.2        Etymology

46.2.2.1Flexor=decreases angle at joint

46.2.2.2Digitorum=Finger or Toe

46.2.2.3Longus= Long

46.3 Attachments

46.3.1        Origin

46.3.1.1Posterior surface of middle 3/5th of tibia

46.3.1.2Posterior Tibialis Fascia

46.3.2        Insertion

46.3.2.1Divides into 4 tendons that insert on the plantar surfaces of bases of distal phalanges of the 2nd -5th toes

46.4 Joints

46.5Ankle (Talocrural)

46.6Tibiofibular (Distal)

46.7Metatarsal/Tarsal

46.8Metatarsophalangeal

46.9Interphalangeal

46.10             Action

46.10.1    Flexes proximal and distal phalanges at all interphalangeal and metatarsophalangeal articulations of 2nd -5th toes.

46.10.2    Plantar flexion (Foot-Ankle)

46.10.3    Inversion (Foot-Ankle)

46.10.4    Medial ankle stabilization

46.11             Nerve Supply

46.11.1    Nerve

46.11.1.1 Tibial

46.11.2    Roots

46.11.2.1 L5

46.11.2.2 S1

46.11.2.3 S2

46.11.2.4 S3

46.12             Synergists

46.12.1    Tibialis Posterior

46.12.2    Flexor Hallucis Longus

46.12.3    Flexor Digitorum Brevis

46.13             Muscle Tests

46.13.1    FLEXOR DIGITORUM LONGUS & QUADRATUS PLANTAE

46.14             Trigger Points

46.14.1    FLEXOR DIGITORUM LONGUS & FLEXOR HALLUCIS LONGUS

46.15   Organ Reflexes

46.15.1    None

46.15.2    Illustrations

46.16             Acupressure/Acupuncture Theory

46.16.1    None

46.17             Nutritional

46.17.1    None

46.18             Discussion (Gray)

46.18.1    The Flexor digitorum longus is situated on the tibial side of the leg. At its origin it is thin and pointed, but it gradually increases in size as it descends. It arises from the posterior surface of the body of the tibia, from immediately below the popliteal line to within 7 or 8 cm. of its lower extremity, medial to the tibial origin of the Tibialis posterior; it also arises from the fascia covering the Tibialis posterior. The fibers end in a tendon, which runs nearly the whole length of the posterior surface of the muscle. This tendon passes behind the medial malleolus, in a groove, common to it and the Tibialis posterior, but separated from the latter by a fibrous septum, each tendon being contained in a special compartment lined by a separate mucous sheath. It passes obliquely forward and lateralward, superficial to the deltoid ligament of the ankle-joint, into the sole of the foot (Fig. 444), where it crosses below the tendon of the Flexor hallucis longus, and receives from it a strong tendinous slip. It then expands and is joined by the Quadratus plantæ, and finally divides into four tendons, which are inserted into the bases of the last phalanges of the second, third, fourth, and fifth toes, each tendon passing through an opening in the corresponding tendon of the Flexor digitorum brevis opposite the base of the first phalanx.    27

46.18.2      

46.18.3    Variations.—Flexor accessorius longus digitorum, not infrequent, origin from fibula, or tibia, or the deep fascia and ending in a tendon which, after passing beneath the laciniate ligament, joins the tendon of the long flexor or the Quadratus plantæ.

46.18.4    Discussion

46.18.4.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/129.html

46.18.5    Illustration

46.18.5.1  http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus439.html

46.18.5.2 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus440.html

46.19             Category

46.19.1    Foot & Toes (Posterior Deep Compartment)

46.20             Individual Muscle Illustration

46.20.1    Posterior and Plantar View

---

47    FLEXOR DIGITORUM PROFUNDUS

Back Table of Contents  

47.1 Origin

47.1.1        Upper :}f4 of the anterior and medial surfaces of the ulna, interosseous membrane and deep fascia of the forearm.

47.2 Insertion

47.2.1        4 tendons (1 to each finger) to palmar surface of base of distal phalanx, after passing through tendon of flexor digitorum superficialis.

47.3 Action

47.3.1        A exes the distal phalanges of the four fingers. Assists in flexing metacarpophalangeal, carpometacapal and wrist joints.

47.4 Nerve Supply

47.4.1        Nerve to portion of muscle which correlates with index and middle fingers, anterior interosseous branch of the median, C8, T1 ; nerve to portion of muscle which correlates with ring and little fingers, ulnar, C8, T1.

47.5 Synergists

47.5.1        Aexor digitorum superficialis.

47.6 Category

47.6.1         

47.7 View

47.7.1        Anterior View

---

48    FLEXOR DIGITORUM SUPERFICIALIS

Back Table of Contents  

48.1 Origin

48.1.1        HUMERO-ULNAR HEAD: Medial epicondyle of the humerus by the common flexor tendon, ulnar collateral ligament of the elbow and the coronoid process of ulna.

48.1.2        RADIAL: Oblique line of the radius extending from the radial tuberosity to the insertion of the pronator teres.

48.2 Insertion

48.2.1        4 tendons (1 for each finger) divide for the passage of the tendons of flexor digitorum profundus then insert as 2 slips on the sides of the shaft of the middle phalanx.

48.3 Action

48.3.1        Flexes the phalanx of each finger on the proximal phalanx. Continued action, flexes the proximal phalanx at the hand, flexes the hand at the wrist.

48.4 Nerve Supply

48.4.1        Median C7, 8, T1.

48.5 Synergists

48.5.1        Flexor digitorum profundus.

48.6 Category

48.6.1         

48.7 View

48.7.1         - Anterior View

---

49    FLEXOR HALLUCIS BREVIS

Back Table of Contents References  

49.1 Attachments

49.1.1        Origin

49.1.1.1    Medial portion of the plantar surface of the cuboid bone

49.1.1.2    Adjacent portion of the lateral cuneiform bone

49.1.1.3    Prolongation of the tendon of the tibialis posterior

49.1.2        Insertion

49.1.2.1    Medial and lateral sides of base of proximal phalanx of the big toe

49.2 Action

49.2.1        Flexes metatarsophalangeal articulation of big toe

49.3 Nerve Supply

49.3.1        Nerve

49.3.1.1Medial plantar

49.3.2        Roots

49.3.2.1L4

49.3.2.2L5

49.3.2.3S1

49.3.2.4S2

49.3.2.5S3

49.4 Synergists

49.4.1        Flexor hallucis longus

49.5 Muscle Tests

49.5.1         

49.6 Trigger Points

49.6.1         

49.7 Discussion (Gray)

49.7.1        The Flexor hallucis brevis arises, by a pointed tendinous process, from the medial part of the under surface of the cuboid bone, from the contiguous portion of the third cuneiform, and from the prolongation of the tendon of the Tibialis posterior which is attached to that bone. It divides in front into two portions, which are inserted into the medial and lateral sides of the base of the first phalanx of the great toe, a sesamoid bone being present in each tendon at its insertion. The medial portion is blended with the Abductor hallucis previous to its insertion; the lateral portion with the Adductor hallucis; the tendon of the Flexor hallucis longus lies in a groove between them; the lateral portion is sometimes described as the first Interosseous plantaris.    23

49.7.2        Variations.—Origin subject to considerable variation; it often receives fibers from the calcaneus or long plantar ligament. Attachment to the cuboid sometimes wanting. Slip to first phalanx of the second toe.

49.7.3        Discussion

49.7.3.1http://www.bartleby.com/107/131.html

49.7.4        Illustration

49.7.4.1http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus445.html

49.8 Category

49.8.1        Intrinsic Foot (Plantar 3rd Layer)

49.9 View

49.9.1         Plantar View (3rd Plantar Layer)

---

50    FLEXOR HALLUCIS LONGUS

Back Table of Contents References 

50.1 Word Derivation and Pronunciation

50.2 Pronunciation

50.2.1.1Flexor Hallucis Brevis

50.2.1.1.1            Flexor=flek-s&r, -"sor   
50.2.1.1.2            Hallux=ha-l&ks 
50.2.1.1.3       Halluces= 'ha-l&-"sEz, 'hal-y&-/

50.2.1.2Pronunciation Key

50.2.2        Etymology

50.2.2.1Flexor=decreases angle at joint

50.2.2.2Hallucis=Hallux or great toe

50.2.2.2.1            New Latin, from Latin hallus, hallux
: the innermost digit (as the big toe) of a hind or lower limb

50.2.2.3Longus= long

50.3 Attachments

50.3.1        Origin

50.3.1.1Distal (Lower) 2l3 of posterior surface of fibula

50.3.1.2Interosseous membrane

50.3.1.3Adjacent intermuscular septa and fascia

50.3.2        Insertion

50.3.2.1Plantar surface of the base of distal phalanx of the hallux (big (great) toe)

50.3.3        Note

50.3.3.1The flexor hallucis longus is connected to the flexor digitorum longus by a strong tendinous slip

50.4 Joints

50.5Ankle (Talocrural)

50.6Tibiofibular (Distal)

50.71st Metatarsal/Tarsal

50.81st Metatarsophalangeal

50.91st Interphalangeal

50.10             Action

50.10.1    Flexion (big toe)

50.10.1.1 Flexes the interphalangeal joint of the great toe

50.10.1.2 Assists in the flexion of the metatarsophalangeal joint

50.10.2    Plantar flexion (Foot-Ankle)

50.10.2.1 Continued action aids in plantar flexing the foot

50.10.3    Inversion (Foot-Ankle)

50.10.4    Medial ankle stabilization

50.11             Nerve Supply

50.11.1    Nerve

50.11.1.1 Tibial

50.11.2    Roots

50.11.2.1 L5

50.11.2.2 S1

50.11.2.3 S2

50.11.2.4 S3

50.12             Synergists

50.12.1    Flexor Hallucis Brevis

50.13             Muscle Tests

50.13.1    FLEXOR HALLUCIS LONGUS

50.14             Trigger Points

50.14.1    FLEXOR DIGITORUM LONGUS & FLEXOR HALLUCIS LONGUS

50.15   Organ Reflexes

50.15.1    Sex Glands

50.15.2    Illustrations

50.16             Acupressure/Acupuncture Theory

50.16.1    Organs

50.16.1.1  Pericardium and Triple Burner

50.16.2    Channels Discussion

50.16.2.1 Pericardium (Circulation Sex)

50.16.3    Channel

50.16.3.1 Pericardium (Circulation Sex) Illustration

50.16.4    Command Points

50.16.4.1 Pericardium (Circulation Sex)

50.17             Nutritional

50.17.1    Raw bone concentrate correlating with tarsal tunnel syndrome or other subluxations of the foot.

50.18             Discussion (Gray)

50.18.1    The Flexor hallucis longus is situated on the fibular side of the leg. It arises from the inferior two-thirds of the posterior surface of the body of the fibula, with the exception of 2.5 cm. at its lowest part; from the lower part of the interosseous membrane; from an intermuscular septum between it and the Peronæi, laterally, and from the fascia covering the Tibialis posterior, medially. The fibers pass obliquely downward and backward, and end in a tendon which occupies nearly the whole length of the posterior surface of the muscle. This tendon lies in a groove which crosses the posterior surface of the lower end of the tibia, the posterior surface of the talus, and the under surface of the sustentaculum tali of the calcaneus; in the sole of the foot it runs forward between the two heads of the Flexor hallucis brevis, and is inserted into the base of the last phalanx of the great toe. The grooves on the talus and calcaneus, which contain the tendon of the muscle, are converted by tendinous fibers into distinct canals, lined by a mucous sheath. As the tendon passes forward in the sole of the foot, it is situated above, and crosses from the lateral to the medial side of the tendon of the Flexor digitorum longus, to which it is connected by a fibrous slip.    25

50.18.2    Variations.—Usually a slip runs to the Flexor digitorum and frequently an additional slip runs from the Flexor digitorum to the Flexor hallucis. Peroneocalcaneus internus, rare, origin below or outside the Flexor hallucis from the back of the fibula, passes over the sustentaculum tali with the Flexor hallucis and is inserted into the calcaneum.

50.18.3    Discussion

50.18.3.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/129.html

50.18.4    Illustration

50.18.4.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus439.html

50.18.4.2 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus440.html

50.19             Category

50.19.1    Foot & Toes (Posterior Deep Compartment)

50.20             View

50.20.1     Posterior and Plantar View

---

51    FLEXOR POLLICIS BREVIS

Back Table of Contents  

51.1 Origin

51.1.1        SUPERFICIAL HEAD: Distal border of the flexor retinaculum and tubercle of the trapezium bone.

51.1.2        DEEP HEAD: Trapezoid and capitate bones.

51.2 Insertion

51.2.1        Radial side of the base of the proximal phalanx of the thumb.

51.3 Action

51.3.1        Flexes proximal phalanx of the thumb. Continued action, flexes the 1st metacarpal and rotates it medially.

51.4 Nerve Supply

51.4.1        SUPERFICIAL HEAD: Median, C6, 7; mostly cs and T1.

51.4.2        DEEP HEAD: Ulnar, C8, T1.

51.5 Synergists

51.5.1        Flexor pollicis longus, adductor pollicis.

51.6 Category

51.6.1         

51.7 View

51.7.1         Anterior View

---

52    FLEXOR POLLICIS LONGUS

Back Table of Contents  

52.1 Origin

52.1.1        Anterior surface of middle 1/2 of radius. Adjacent interos- seous membrane and a slip from the coronoid process of the ulna or medial epicondyle of humerus.

52.2 Insertion

52.2.1        Palmar surface of the base of the distal phalanx of the thumb.

52.3 Action

52.3.1        Flexes the interphalangeal joint of the thumb. Continued action, flexes the metacarpophalangeal and carpometacarpal ar- ticulations.

52.4 Nerve Supply

52.4.1        Anterior interosseous branch of the median, C8, T1.

52.5 Synergists

52.5.1        Flexor pollicis brevis, adductor pollicis.

52.6 Category

52.6.1         

52.7 View

52.7.1         Anterior View

---

53    FRONTALIS (EPICRANIUS)

Back Table of Contents  

53.1 Origin

53.1.1        No bony origin, but arises from the epicranial aponeurosis (galea aponeurilica), anterior to the coronal suture.

53.2 Insertion

53.2.1        Fib~rs ale coqtinuous with procerus, corrugiltor supercllil and orblculans oculi below and the galea aponeuntlca above.

53.3 Action

53.3.1        Elevates the eyebrows and nasal skin while simultaneously protracting the scalp.

53.4 Nerve Supply

53.4.1        Temporal branches of the facial nerve (VII).

53.5 Arterial supply

53.5.1        SuRraorbital and supratrochlear branches of the Qpl,1thalmic artery. The frontal (anterior) branch of the supertlclal temporal artery.

53.6 Synergists

53.6.1        Occipitalis.

53.7 Antagonists

53.7.1        Procerus, corrugator supercilii, and orbicularis oculi.

53.8 Category

53.8.1         

---

54    GASTROCNEMIUS

Back Table of Contents References  

54.1 Word Derivation and Pronunciation

54.2 Pronunciation

54.2.1.1GASTROCNEMIUS - "gas-(")träk-'nE-mE-&s, -tr&k- Icon

54.2.1.2Pronunciation Key

54.2.2        Etymology

54.2.2.1gaster=belly

54.2.2.2kneme=leg

54.2.2.3New Latin, from Greek gastroknEmE calf of the leg, from gastr- + knEmE shank

54.3 Attachments

54.3.1        Origin

54.3.1.1    Lateral Head

54.3.1.1.1         Lateral condyle and posterior surface of femur (knee joint)
54.3.1.1.2         Capsule of knee joint

54.3.1.2    Medial Head

54.3.1.2.1         Proximal and posterior part of Medial condyle and adjacent part of femur
54.3.1.2.2         Capsule of knee joint

54.3.2        Insertion

54.3.2.1    Middle part of posterior surface of calcaneus by means of tendo calcaneus (Achilles tendon)

54.4 Joints

54.5Ankle (Talocrural)

54.6Knee (Tibiofemoral)

54.7Tibiofibular

54.8 Action

54.8.1        Plantar flexion (Foot)

54.8.2        Inversion (Foot)

54.8.3        Reversed Origin-Insertion Action

54.8.3.1Flexes leg at the knee

54.8.3.2Dorsiflexion of foot increases knee flexion capability.

54.8.4        Note

54.8.4.1Since the gastrocnemius originates above the knee and the soleus below the knee, the differentiating factor in testing the two muscles is the knee position during the test.

54.9 Nerve Supply

54.9.1        Nerve

54.9.1.1Tibial

54.9.2        Roots

54.9.2.1S1

54.9.2.2S2

54.10             Synergists

54.10.1    Soleus

54.10.2    Plantaris

54.10.3    Tibialis posterior

54.10.4    Peroneus longus

54.10.5    Peroneus brevis

54.10.6    Flexor hallucis longus

54.10.7    Flexor digitorum longus

54.11             Muscle Tests

54.11.1    GASTROCNEMIUS

54.12             Trigger Points

54.12.1    GASTROCNEMIUS

54.13   Organ Reflexes

54.13.1    Adrenal

54.13.2    Illustrations

54.14             Acupressure/Acupuncture Theory

54.14.1    Organs

54.14.1.1  Pericardium and Triple Burner

54.14.2    Channels Discussion

54.14.2.1 Pericardium (Circulation Sex)

54.14.3    Channel

54.14.3.1 Pericardium (Circulation Sex) Illustration

54.14.4    Command Points

54.14.4.1 Pericardium (Circulation Sex)

54.15             Nutritional

54.15.1    Adrenal concentrate

54.15.2    Nucleoprotein Extract

54.16             Discussion (Gray)

54.16.1    The Gastrocnemius is the most superficial muscle, and forms the greater part of the calf. It arises by two heads, which are connected to the condyles of the femur by strong, flat tendons. The medial and larger head takes its origin from a depression at the upper and back part of the medial condyle and from the adjacent part of the femur. The lateral head arises from an impression on the side of the lateral condyle and from the posterior surface of the femur immediately above the lateral part of the condyle. Both heads, also, arise from the subjacent part of the capsule of the knee. Each tendon spreads out into an aponeurosis, which covers the posterior surface of that portion of the muscle to which it belongs. From the anterior surfaces of these tendinous expansions, muscular fibers are given off; those of the medial head being thicker and extending lower than those of the lateral. The fibers unite at an angle in the middle line of the muscle in a tendinous raphé, which expands into a broad aponeurosis on the anterior surface of the muscle, and into this the remaining fibers are inserted. The aponeurosis, gradually contracting, unites with the tendon of the Soleus, and forms with it the tendo calcaneus.    13

54.16.2      

54.16.3    Variations.—Absence of the outer head or of the entire muscle. Extra slips from the popliteal surface of the femur.

54.16.4    Discussion

54.16.4.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/129.html

54.16.5    Illustration

54.16.5.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus438.html

54.16.5.2 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus440.html

54.17             Category

54.17.1    Foot & Toes (Posterior Superficial Compartment)

54.18             View

54.18.1    Posterior View

---

55    GEMELLUS INFERIOR (1 of 6 Deep Lateral Rotators of Femur)

Back Table of Contents  

55.1 Origin

55.1.1        Superior aspect of the ischial tuberosity.

55.2 Insertion

55.2.1        With the tendon of obturator intern us into the medial surface of the greater trochanter of the femur.

55.3 Action

55.3.1        Laterally rotates the extended thigh at the hip, can also produce horizontal extension. Abducts the flexed thigh.

55.4 Nerve Supply

55.4.1        Sacral plexus, L4, 5, S1.

55.5 Synergists

55.5.1        Piriformis, obturator externus, obturator internus, quadratus femoris, gemellus superior .

55.6 Category

55.6.1         

55.7 View

55.7.1         Posterior View

---

56    GEMELLUS SUPERIOR (1 of 6 Deep Lateral Rotators of Femur)

Back Table of Contents  

56.1 Origin

56.1.1        The outer surface of the ischial spine.

56.2 Insertion

56.2.1        With the tendon of obturator internus into the medial surface of the greater trochanter of the femur.

56.3 Action

56.3.1        Laterally rotates the extended thigh at the hip, can also produce horizontal extension. Abducts the flexed thigh.

56.4 Nerve Supply

56.4.1        Sacral plexus, L5, S1, 2.

56.5 Synergists

56.5.1        Piriformis, obturator externus, obturator internus, quadratus femoris, gemellus inferior .

56.6 Category

56.6.1         

56.7 View

56.7.1         Posterior View

---

57    GENIOGLOSSUS

Back Table of Contents  

57.1 Origin

57.1.1        The superior mental spines behind the mandibular symphysis, above the origin of geniohyoid.

57.2 Insertion

57.2.1        Inferior fibers: By thin aponeurosis, to the upper anterior surface of the hyoid body near the midline, a few fibers passing between hyoglossus and chondroglossus to blend with the pharyngeal middle constrictor.

57.2.2        Middle fibers: The hyodlossal membrane, which is the continuation of the lingual septum that connects the lingual root to the hyoid bone.

57.2.3        Superior fibers: The whole length of the ventral surface of the tongue, from root to apex, intermingling with the intrinsic lingual muscles.

57.3 Action

57.3.1        Forward traction of the tongue to protrude its apex from the mouth. Acting bilaterally, depresses the medial part of the tongue, making it concave from side to side.

57.4 Nerve Supply

57.4.1        Hypoglossal nerve {XII).

57.5 Arterial Supply

57.5.1        Lingual artery and its branches; dorsal lingual and sublingual rami, tonsillar rami of the facial artery.

57.6 Synergists

57.6.1        Hyoglossus and chondroglossus.

57.7 Antagonists

57.7.1        Styloglossus and palatoglossus.

57.8 Category

57.8.1         

---

58    GENIOHYOID (SUPRAHYOID)

Back Table of Contents  

58.1 Origin

58.1.1        Inferior mental spine behind mandibular symphysis.

58.2 Insertion

58.2.1        Anterior aspect of the hyoid bone.

58.3 Action

58.3.1        Elevation and anterior movement of the hyoid bone. When the hyoid is fixed by contraction of infrahyoid muscles, it depresses tlie mandible.

58.4 Nerve Supply

58.4.1        Branches of Cl traveling with the hypoglossal nerve.

58.5 Arterial Supply

58.5.1        Submental branch of the facial artery, the sublingual branch of the lingual artery.

58.6 Synergists

58.6.1        For elevation of hyoid: Digastric, mylohyoid and stylohyoid.

58.6.2        For mandibular depression: Digastric and mylohyoid.

58.7 Antagonists

58.7.1        For elevation of hyoid: Sternohyoid, omohyoid and thyrohyoid.

58.7.2        For mandibular depression: Temporalis, masseter and medial pterygoid.

58.7.3        For hyoid protrusion: Stylohyoid.

58.8 Category

58.8.1         

---

59    GLUTEUS MAXIMUS

Back Table of Contents  

59.1 Origin

59.1.1        Posterior gluteal line of ilium, aponeurosis of erector spinae, dorsal surface of sacrum, coccyx and sacrotuberous liga- ment.

59.2 Insertion

59.2.1        Gluteal tuberosity of femur and iliotibial tract of fascia lata.

59.3 Action

59.3.1        Extends thigh at the hip, assists in laterally rotating the thigh. The upper ':?/3 of the muscle are abductors and the lower 1/3 is inactive as an abductor or an adductor in the standing position.

59.3.2        REVERSED ORIGIN-INSERTION ACTION: When the leg is fixed as in standing, the gluteus maximus is an extensor of the pelvis on the thigh. In this case, it is a synergist to the abdominal muscles.

59.4 Nerve Supply

59.4.1        Inferior gluteal, L5, 51, 2.

59.5 Synergists

59.5.1        Hamstrings which are placed at a disadvantage by knee flexion.

59.6 Category

59.6.1         

59.7 View

59.7.1        Posterior View

---

60    GLUTEUS MEDIUS

Back Table of Contents  

60.1 Origin

60.1.1        Outer surface of ilium from iliac crest and posterior gluteal line above to the anterior gluteal line below, gluteal aponeurosis.

60.2 Insertion

60.2.1        Lateral surface of greater trochanter.

60.3 Action

60.3.1        Abducts femur at the hip and rotates it medially. Possible lateral rotation. With gluteus minimus is major lateral pelvic stabi- lizer. Aids in early activity of hip flexion.

60.4 Nerve Supply

60.4.1        Superior gluteal, L5, 51.

60.5 Synergists

60.5.1        Gluteus minimus, tensor fasciae latae, upper '2/3 of gluteus maximus.

60.6 Category

60.6.1         

60.7 View

60.7.1         Lateral View

---

61    GLUTEUS MINIMUS ANT & POST

Back Table of Contents  

61.1 Origin

61.1.1        Outer surface of ilium between anterior and inferior gluteal lines and margin of greater sciatic notch.

61.2 Insertion

61.2.1        Anterior border of greater trochanter.

61.3 Action

61.3.1        Abducts femur at the hip and rotates it medially. Lateral pelvic stabilizer. Aids in early activity of hip flexion

61.4 Nerve Supply

61.4.1        Superior gluteal, L5, S1.

61.5 Synergists

61.5.1        Gluteus medius, tensor fasciae latae, upper ';/3 of gluteus maximus.

61.6 Category

61.6.1         

61.7 View

61.7.1         Lateral View

---

62    GRACILIS

Back Table of Contents  

 Discussion

62.1 Origin

62.1.1        Anterior aspect of lower 1/2 of symphysis pubis and medial margin of inferior ramus of pubis.

62.2 Insertion

62.2.1        Anterior and medial surface of the shaft of the tibia just below the condyle.

62.3 Action

62.3.1        Adducts and medially rotates thigh. Flexes and medially rotates leg.

62.3.2        REVERSED ORIGIN-INSERTION ACTION: When the thigh is fixed, flexes the pelvis at hip.

62.4 Nerve Supply

62.4.1        Obturator, L2, 3.

62.5 Synergists

62.5.1        Adductor brevis, adductor longus, adductor mag- nus, pectineus.

62.6 Category

62.6.1         

62.7 View

62.7.1         Anterior View

---

63    HYOGLOSSUS

Back Table of Contents  

63.1 Origin

63.1.1        The whole length of the greater cornu and the front of the body of the hyoid bone.

63.2 Insertion

63.2.1        The side of the tongue between the styloglossus laterally and the inferior lingualis muscle medially.

63.3 Action

63.3.1        Depresses the tongue.

63.4 Nerve Supply

63.4.1        Hypoglossal nerve (XII).

63.5 Arterial Supply

63.5.1        Lingual artery and it's dorsal lingual rami.

63.5.2        Tonsillar rami of the facial-artery.

63.6 Synergists

63.6.1        Chondroglossus. Also the genioglossus when it contracts bilaterally.

63.7 Antagonists

63.7.1        Styloglossus and palatoglossus.

63.8 Category

63.8.1         

63.9 View

63.9.1         (Note: Styloid process and mastoid portion of temporal bone are superimposed.)

---

64    ILIACUS

Back Table of Contents  

64.1 Origin

64.1.1        Superior ;?/3 of the iliac fossa, internal border (inner lip) of iliac crest, anterior sacroiliac, lumbosacral and iliolumbar liga- ments, ala of sacrum.

64.2 Insertion

64.2.1        Lesser trochanter of femur and for a short distance below along medial border of shaft.

64.3 Action

64.3.1        Flexes thigh at the hip, minimal action in lateral rotation of the thigh.

64.3.2        REVERSED ORIGIN-INSERTION ACTION: When the thigh is fixed, the iliacus muscle flexes the pelvis on the thigh, as in rising to a sitting position from the supine position (sit up).

64.4 Nerve Supply

64.4.1        Femoral, L2, 3.

64.5 Synergists

64.5.1        Psoas major, adductor longus, adductor brevis, adductor magnus, rectus femoris.

64.6 Category

64.6.1         

64.7 View

64.7.1        Anterior View

---

65    ILIOCOSTALIS CERVICIS

Back Table of Contents  

65.1 Origin

65.1.1        Superior borders of the angles of the 3rd -6th ribs.

65.2 Insertion

65.2.1        The posterior tubercles of the transverse processes of the 4th, 5th and 6th cervical vertebrae.

65.3 Action

65.3.1        Acting bilaterally, extension of the spine. Acting unilaterally, laterally flexes the vertebral column.

65.4 Nerve Supply

65.4.1        Dorsal rami of the spinal nerves, C6, 7, 8.

65.5 Synergists

65.5.1        Splenius cervicis, semispinalis cervicis, longis- simus cervicis.

65.6 Category

65.6.1         

65.7 View

65.7.1         Posterior View

---

66    ILIOCOSTALIS LUMBORUM

Back Table of Contents  

66.1 Origin

66.1.1        Anterior surface of a broad and thick tendon which originates from the sacrum, spinous processes of the lumbar and 11th and 12th thoracic vertebrae, and from the medial lip of the iliac crest.

66.2 Insertion

66.2.1        Inferior borders of the angles of the lower 6 or 7 ribs.

66.3 Action

66.3.1        Acting bilaterally, extension of the spine, Acting unilaterally, laterally flexes the spine.

66.4 Nerve Supply

66.4.1        Dorsal rami of the spinal nerves.

66.5 Synergists

66.5.1        Longissimus thoracis, quadratus lumborum.

66.6 Category

66.6.1         

66.7 View

66.7.1         Posterior View

---

67    ILIOCOSTALIS THORACIS

Back Table of Contents  

67.1 Origin

67.1.1        Superior borders of the angles of lower 6 ribs medial to the tendons of insertion of the iliocostalis lumborum.

67.2 Insertion

67.2.1        Into the angles of the upper 6 or 7 ribs and into the transverse process of the 7th cervical vertebra.

67.3 Action

67.3.1        Acting bilaterally, extension of the spine. Acting unilaterally, laterally flexes the spine.

67.4 Nerve Supply

67.4.1        Dorsal rami of the spinal nerves.

67.5 Synergists

67.5.1        Iliocostalis lumborum, longissimus thoracis, spinalis thoracis, semispinalis thoracis.

67.6 Category

67.6.1         

67.7 View

67.7.1         Posterior View

---

68    INCISIVUS LABII INFERIORIS

Back Table of Contents  

68.1 Origin

68.1.1        The floor of the mandibles incisive fossa, late;ral to the mentalis muscle and below the emmence of the lateral mclsor tooth.

68.2 Insertion

68.2.1        To the orbicularis oris; suRerficial fibers reach the !lPex.and body of the modiolus while deep fibers reach the base and lrlfenor cornu.

68.3 Action

68.3.1        J;\ssis~s orpicularis o.ris (par~ peripheralis inferior and par margmalis mfenor) m protrudmg the lips.

68.4 Nerve Supply

68.4.1        Inferior buccal branches of the facial nerve (VII).

68.5 Arterial Supply

68.5.1        Inferior labial branch of the facial artery and mental branch from the inferior alveolar artery.

68.6 Synergists

68.6.1        Orbicularis oris, pars peripheralis inferior and pars margmalis mfenor

68.7 Antagonist

68.7.1        Buccinator, .depr~ssor anguli oris, risorius zygomaticus major and zygomaticus mmor.

68.8 Category

68.8.1         

68.9 Note

68.9.1         ( .denotes modiolus)

---

69    INCISIVUS LABII SUPERIORIS

Back Table of Contents  

69.1 Origin

69.1.1        Maxilla's incisive fossa superior to the eminence of the lateral incisor tooth.

69.2 Insertion

69.2.1        To the orbicularis oris; superficial fibers partly blend with levator ang1l;li oris and to the intermediate and apical modiolar zones. The deep fibers pass to the superior cornu and oasis moduli.

69.3 Action

69.3.1        Assists orbicularis oris (oars peripheralis superior and par marginalis superior) protrude the lips.

69.4 Nerve Supply

69.4.1        Superior buccal branches of the facial nerve (VII).

69.5 Arterial Supply

69.5.1        Superior labial branch of the facial artery.

69.6 Synergists

69.6.1        9rbicularis oris; pars peripheralis superior and par margmalts superIor.

69.7 Antagonists

69.7.1        Buccinator, zygomaticus major and minor, risorius, and depressor anguli oris.

69.8 Category

69.8.1         

69.9 Note

69.9.1         ( .denotes modiolus)

---

70    INFERIOR LONGITUDINAL LINGUALIS

Back Table of Contents  

70.1 Origin

70.1.1        The lin~al root with some fibres being connected to the body of the hyOId bone.

70.2 Insertion

70.2.1        Apex of the tongue.

70.3 Action

70.3.1        Shortens the and turns the apex and sides downward to make the dorsum convex.

70.4 Nerve Supply

70.4.1        Hypoglossal nerve (XII).

70.5 Arterial Supply

70.5.1        Lingual artery and its branches; dorsal lingual and sublingual rami.

70.6 Synergists

70.6.1        For shortening the tongue: Superior lingualis.

70.7 Antagonist

70.7.1        For depressing the apex and sides: Superior lingualis.

70.8 Category

70.8.1         

---

71    INFERIOR OBLIQUE

Back Table of Contents  

71.1 Origin

71.1.1        The orbital surface of the maxilla lateral to the nasolacrimal groove.

71.2 Insertion

71.2.1        To the sclera behind the equator into the posterolateral quadrant of the globe between the inferior and lateral recti.

71.3 Action

71.3.1        Depresses the posterior aspect of the eye, hence, rotates the visual axis upwards (elevation) and laterally (abduction). In the anteroposterior axis it extorts the eye.

71.4 Nerve Supply

71.4.1        Branch from the inferior division of the oculomotor nerve (III).

71.5 Arterial Supply

71.5.1        A branch from the infraorbital artery.

71.6 Synergists

71.6.1        Vertical axis: Lateral rectus and superior oblique.

71.6.2        Transverse axis: Superior rectus.

71.6.3        Anteroposterior axis: Inferior rectus.

71.7 Antagonists

71.7.1        Vertical axis: Medial rectus, superior rectus, and inferior rectus.

71.7.2        Transverse axis: Superior oblique and inferior rectus.

71.7.3        Anteroposterior axis: Superior oblique and superior ltL-t .rectus.

71.8 Category

71.8.1         

71.9 Note

71.9.1         (Note: All six extraocular muscles are involved, and act in concert during an eye movement; synergists and antagonists depend on the fIXation poin~ of the eye prior to movement.) O J

---

72    INFERIOR PHARYNGEAL CONSTRICTOR

Back Table of Contents  

72.1 Origin/Insertion

72.1.1        Anterior attachment:

72.1.1.1 Cricopha:ryngeal part: Side of the cricoid cartilage back to the inferior cornu of the thyroid cartilage.

72.1.1.2 Thyropharyngeus part: Oblique line of the thyroid lamina and a tendinous band behind this to the inferior thyroid tubercle.. the superior aspect of the cricoid cartilage and tne inferior cornu of the thyroid cartilage.

72.1.2        Posterior attachment:

72.1.2.1 Inferior fibres: Blend with the cricular esophageal fibers.

72.1.2.2 Middle fibres: Posterior median pharyngeal raphe.

72.1.2.3 Superior fibres: Median pharyngeal raphe, overlapping the middle pnaryngeal constrictor.

72.2 Action

72.2.1        General sphincteric and peristaltic action during swalloWIng.

72.3 Nerve Supply

72.3.1        Pharyngeal branch of the vagus nerve (X), with filaments fromthe cra.nia1 accessory I;lerve tpat pass through the pharyngeal plexus. CrIcopharyngeus IS also mnervate;d by recurrent laryngeal and externarbranch of the superIor laryngeal nerves.

72.4 Arterial Supply

72.4.1        Branches from the superior thyroid artery and pharyngeal branches from the inferior thyroid artery.

72.5 Synergists

72.5.1        Superior and middle pharyngeal constrictors.

72.6 Antagonist

72.6.1        None

72.7 Category

72.7.1         

---

73    INFERIOR RECTUS

Back Table of Contents  

73.1 Origin

73.1.1        inferior margin of optic canal on common annular tendon.

73.2 Insertion

73.2.1        Anteroinferior margin of the eye into the sclera about 6.5 mm. posterior to the margin of the cornea.

73.3 Action

73.3.1        Depresses the anterior of the eye, hence, rotates the eye in the transverse axis downwards. In the vertical axis it aids in m~d!al rotation (adduction) of the eye. In the anteroposterior axlS it extorts the eye.

73.4 Nerve Supply

73.4.1        Branch from the inferior division of the oculomotor nerve (III).

73.5 Arterial Supply

73.5.1        Muscular rami of the ophthalmic artery and a branch from the infraorbital artery.

73.6 Synergists

73.6.1        Vertical axis: Medial rectus and superior rectus.

73.6.2        Transverse axis: Superior oblique.

73.6.3        Anteroposterior axis: Inferior oblique.

73.7 Antagonists

73.7.1        Vertical axis: Inferior oblique, lateral rectus and superior oblique.

73.7.2        Transverse axis: Superior rectus and inferior oblique.

73.7.3        Anteroposterior axis; Superior rectus and superior oblique.

73.8 Category

73.8.1         

73.9 Note

73.9.1        {Note: All six extraocular muscles are involved, and act in concert duri~g a.n eye .movement; syn.ergists and anta~onists depend on the flXatlon pomt of the eye pnor to movement.)

---

74    INFRASPINATUS (Rotator Cuff Muscle)

Back Table of Contents  

74.1 Origin

74.1.1        Infraspinous fossa of scapula

74.2 Insertion

74.2.1        Posterior aspect of greater tubercle of humerus, and capsule of shoulder joint.

74.3 Action

74.3.1        Lateral rotation of humerus at the shoulder. Stabilization of the glenohumeral joint.

74.3.2        REVERSED ORIGIN- INSERTION ACTION: With the arm fixed, abducts the inferior angle of the scapula.

74.4 Nerve Supply

74.4.1        Suprascapular, C4, 5, 6.

74.5 Synergists

74.5.1        Teres minor, subscapularis, supraspinatus, del- toid.

74.6 Category

74.6.1         

74.7 View

74.7.1         Posterior View

---

75    INTERNAL ABDOMINAL OBLIQUE (Anterior Division)

Back Table of Contents  

75.1 Origin

75.1.1        Lateral '.?/3 of the inquinalligament and the anterior 1/3 of the middle (or intermediate) line of the iliac crest.

75.2 Insertion

75.2.1        Crest of the pubis and the linea alba by its aponeurosis.

75.3 Action

75.3.1        Acting unilaterally, rotates the trunk to the same side, and laterally flexes the trunk toward the side of muscle contraction. Acting bilaterally, flexes the vertebral column, approximating the anterior thorax and pelvis. Supports and compresses the ab- dominal viscera. Assists in forced expiration.

75.4 Nerve Supply

75.4.1        Ventral rami of T7 -12, and iliohypogastric and ilioinquinal nerves, L 1.

75.5 Synergists

75.5.1        Opposite external oblique, rectus abdominis.

75.6 Category

75.6.1         

75.7 View

75.7.1        Lateral View

---

76    INTERNAL ABDOMINAL OBLIQUE (Lateral Division)

Back Table of Contents  

76.1 Origin

76.1.1        Middle 1/3 of the iliac crest on the middle line and thoraco lumbar fascia.

76.2 Insertion

76.2.1        Inferior borders of the 1Oth, 11th and 12th ribs.

76.3 Action

76.3.1        Acting unilaterally, approximates thorax and pelvis laterally. Contributes to rotation of the trunk on the fixed pelvis toward the side of contraction.

76.3.2        Acting bilaterally, flexes the trunk on the pelvis.

76.4 Nerve Supply

76.4.1        Ventral rami of T7 -12, and iliohypogastric and ilioinquinal nerves, L 1.

76.5 Synergists

76.5.1        : Internal oblique (anterior division, contralateral ex- ternal oblique, rectus abdominis.

76.6 Category

76.6.1         

76.7 View

76.7.1         Lateral View

---

77    INTERNAL INTERCOSTALS

Back Table of Contents  

77.1 Origin

77.1.1        Superior border of rib below.

77.2 Insertion

77.2.1        Inferior border of rib above.

77.3 Action

77.3.1        Depress the ribs during expiration.

77.4 Nerve Supply

77.4.1        Branches from corresponding intercostal nerves.

77.5 Synergists

77.5.1        Serratus posterior inferior. Quadratus lumborum.

77.6 Category

77.6.1         

77.7 View

77.7.1         Lateral View

---

78    INTERSPINALES B90E90

Back Table of Contents References 

78.1 Attachments

78.1.1        Origin and Insertion

78.1.1.1Pairs of small muscles joining the spinous processes of adjacent vertebrae, one on each side of the interspinous ligament

78.1.1.2Continuous in the cervical region extending from the axis to the 2nd thoracic vertebra and in the lumbar region from the first lumbar vertebra to the sacrum

78.2 Action Illus. (DSL)

78.2.1        Extension of the spine

78.3 Nerve Supply

78.3.1        Dorsal rami of the spinal nerves

78.4 Synergists

78.4.1        Multifidus

78.4.2        Rotatores,

78.4.3        Intertransversarii

78.5 Muscle Tests

78.5.1        INTERSPINALES

78.6 Trigger Points

78.6.1        INTERSPINALES

78.7 Organ Reflexes

78.7.1        None

78.7.2        Illustrations

78.8 Meridian

78.8.1        None

78.9 Discussion (Gray)

78.9.1        The Interspinales are short muscular fasciculi, placed in pairs between the spinous processes of the contiguous vertebra, one on either side of the interspinal ligament. In the cervical region they are most distinct, and consist of six pairs, the first being situated between the axis and third vertebra, and the last between the seventh cervical and the first thoracic. They are small narrow bundles, attached, above and below, to the apices of the spinous processes. In the thoracic region, they are found between the first and second vertebra, and sometimes between the second and third, and between the eleventh and twelfth. In the lumbar region, there are four pairs in the intervals between the five lumbar vertebras. There is also occasionally one between the last thoracic and first lumbar, and one between the fifth lumbar and the sacrum.

78.9.2        Actions- the Interspinales by approximating the spinous processes help to extend the column.

78.9.3        Illustration-None

78.10             Category

78.10.1           Vertebral Column (Segmental)

78.11             View

78.11.1    Posterior View

78.11.1.1 Illus. (DSL)

---

79    INTERTRANSVERSARII B91E91

Back Table of Contents References 

79.1 Attachments

79.1.1        Origin and Insertion

79.1.1.1The intertransversarii consist of pairs of small muscles. These muscles are both anterior and posterior, on each side of the spine joining the transverse processes of adjacent vertebrae.

79.1.1.2They extend from the atlas to the first thoracic vertebra and from the 10th thoracic vertebra to the last lumbar vertebra.

79.2 Action Illus. (DSL)

79.2.1        Acting unilaterally, lateral flexion of the spine

79.3 Nerve Supply

79.3.1        Ventral and dorsal rami of the spinal nerves

79.4 Synergists

79.4.1        Interspinales

79.4.2        Rotatores

79.4.3        Multifidus

79.5 Muscle Tests

79.5.1        INTERTRANSVERSARII

79.6 Trigger Points

79.6.1        INTERTRANSVERSARII

79.7 Organ Reflexes

79.7.1        None

79.7.2        Illustrations

79.8 Meridian

79.8.1        None

79.8.2          Discussion (Gray)

79.8.3         The Intertransversarii (Intertransversales) are small muscles placed between the transverse processes of the vertebra. In the cervical region they are best developed, consisting of rounded muscular and tendinous fasciculi, and are placed in pairs, passing between the anterior and the posterior tubercles respectively of the transverse processes of two contiguous vertebra, and separated from one another by an anterior primary division of the cervical nerve, which lies in the groove between them. The muscles connecting the anterior tubercles are termed the Intertransversarii anteriores; those between the posterior tubercles, the Intertransversarii posteriores, and both sets are supplied by the anterior divisions of the spinal nerves (Lickley 81). There are seven pairs of these muscles, the first pair being between the atlas and axis, and the last pair between the seventh cervical and first thoracic vertebra. In the thoracic region they are present between the transverse processes of the lower three thoracic vertebra, and between the transverse processes of the last thoracic and the first lumbar. In the lumbar region they are arranged in pairs, on either side of the vertebral column, one set occupying the entire interspace between the transverse processes of the lumbar vertebræ, the Intertransversarii laterales; the other set, Intertransversarii mediales, passing from the accessory process of one vertebra to the mammillary of the vertebra below. The Intertransversarii laterales are supplied by the anterior divisions and the Intertransversarii mediales by the posterior divisions of the spinal nerves (Lichley, op. cit.).

79.8.4        Actions- the Intertransversarii approximate the transverse processes, and help to bend the column to one side.

79.9 Category

79.9.1        Vertebral Column (Segmental)

79.10             View

79.10.1    Posterior View

79.10.1.1 Illus. (DSL)

---

80    INTRINSIC AURICULAR MUSCLES

Back Table of Contents  

80.1 Origin

80.1.1        Helicis major: Spine of helix.

80.1.2        Helicis minor: Cavum conchae.

80.1.3        Tragicus: Superolateral aspect of the tragus.

80.1.4        Antitragicus: Outer part of the antitragus prominence.

80.1.5        Transverse auriculae: Eminentia conchae on the cranial aspect of the auricle.

80.1.6        Obliquus auriculae: Upper and posterior parts of the eminentia conchae on the cranial aspect of the auricle.

80.2 Insertion

80.2.1        Helicis major: The anterior border of the helix, where the helixis about to cUlVe back.

80.2.2        Helicis minor: The crus of commencement of the helix.

80.2.3        Tragicus: Inferolateral aspect of the tragus.

80.2.4        Antitragicus: The tail of the helix and the antihelix.

80.2.5        Transverse auriculae: Eminentia scaphae on the cranial aspect of the auricle.

80.2.6        G Obliquus auriculae: Eminentia triangularis on the J O .cranial aspect of the auricle.

80.3 Action

80.3.1        Minimal action in man.

80.4 Nerve Supply

80.4.1        Lateral surface muscles; temporal branch of the facial nerve (VII).

80.4.2        Cranial surface muscles; posterior auricular branch of the facial nerve (VII).

80.5 Arterial Supply

80.5.1        Auric.ular rami from the.poster.ior auricular branch of the external carotid artery, the antenor auncular branches of the superficial tempora1 artery, and auricular branch from the occipital artery.

80.6 Synergists

80.6.1         

80.7 Category

80.7.1         

---

81    ISCHIOCAVERNOSUS

Back Table of Contents  

81.1 Origin

81.1.1         

81.2 Insertion

81.2.1         

81.3 Action

81.3.1         

81.4 Nerve Supply

81.4.1         

81.5 Synergists

81.5.1         

81.6 Category

81.6.1         

 

---

 

 

82    LATERAL CRICOARYTENOID

Back Table of Contents  

82.1 Origin

82.1.1        Uppelborder~fthe cricoid arch.

82.2 Insertion

82.2.1        Ape;x of the af..Y.tenoid muscular process, just lateral to the posterIor crIcoarytenoIds attachments.

82.3 Action

82.3.1        Rotates the arytenoid, thus closing the attached vocal folds (adductor of vocal cords).

82.4 Nerve Supply

82.4.1        Recurrent laryngeal branch of the vagus nerve (X)

82.5 Arterial Supply

82.5.1        Superior laryngeal branch of the suRerior thyroid artery and the inferior laryngeal branch of the inferior thyroId artery

82.6 Synergists

82.6.1        Transverse arytenoids

82.7 Antagonist

82.7.1        Posterior cricoarytenoid

82.8 Category

82.8.1         

 

---

83    LATERAL PTERYGOID

Back Table of Contents  

83.1 Origin

83.1.1        Upper head: Infratemporal crest and lateral surface of tlie greater wing of the sphenoid

83.1.2        Lower head: Lateral surface of lateral pterygoid plate

83.2 Insertion

83.2.1        The depression on the anterior aspect of the m,andibular neck (pteryg9id fo,:e~) and to the articular capsule and dISC of the temporomanQlbular JOInt

83.3 Action

83.3.1        Aids in opening the jaw; protrudes the mandible; moves mandible from side to sIde

83.3.2        Acting with thy ipsilateral medial pterygoId It rotates the mandIble on a vertIcal axIS

83.4 Nerve Supply

83.4.1        Branches from the anterior trunk of the mandibular division of the trigeminal nerve (V3)

83.5 Arterial Supply

83.5.1        Lateral pterygoid branch of the maxillary artery, a,nd for the upper head, the accessory meningeal branch of the maxIllary artery

83.6 Synergists

83.6.1        For opening the jaw: Digastric, mylohyoid and geniohyoid when infrahyoid muscles contract to fix fiyoid Done, and platysma

83.6.2        For protrusion: Medial pterygoids. For side-to-side: Masseter

83.7 Antagonists

83.7.1        For opening the jaw: The anterior fibers of the temporalis, the masseter and medial pterygoids

83.7.2        For protrusion: The posterior fibers of the temporalis

83.8 Category

83.8.1         

---

84    LATERAL RECTUS

Back Table of Contents  

84.1 Origin

84.1.1        Inferolateral margin of the optic canal on the common annular tendon with a small tendinous slip attached to the orbital surface of the greater wing of the sphenoid, lateral to the annulus

84.2 Insertion

84.2.1        Lateral margin of the eye into the sclera about 6.9 mm posterior to the margin of the cornea

84.3 Action

84.3.1        In the vertical axis it laterally rotates (abducts) the eye

84.4 Nerve Supply

84.4.1        Abducent nerve (VI)

84.5 Arterial Supply

84.5.1        Muscular rami from the lacrimal branch of the ophthalmic artery

84.6 Synergists

84.6.1        Superior and inferior oblique

84.7 Antagonists

84.7.1        Medial rectus, inferior rectus and superior rectus

84.8 Category

84.8.1         

84.9 Note

84.9.1         (No.te: All six extraocular muscles,are involved, an~ act in concert dun~g a.n. eye,movement; syn,erglsts and anta~ornsts depend on the flXatlon pomt of the eye pnor to movement.)

---

85    LATISSIMUS DORSI

Back Table of Contents  

85.1 Origin

85.1.1        Broad aponeurosis that originates on the spinous proces- ses of lower 6 thoracic and all lumbar vertebrae; posterior crest of ilium, posterior surface of sacrum, lower 3 or 4 ribs, and an attachment to the inferior angle of the scapula

85.2 Insertion

85.2.1        Flat tendon that twists upon itself to insert into the intertubercular sulcus of the humerus, just anterior to and parallel with tendon of pectoralis major

85.3 Action

85.3.1        Extends, retracts and medially rotates the humerus at the shoulder. Through its action on the humerus it depresses, retracts and rotates the scapula downwards. Assists in forced expiration

85.4 Nerve Supply

85.4.1        Thoracodorsal from brachial plexus, C6, 7, 8

85.5 Synergists

85.5.1        Rhomboids, pectoralis major, teres major

85.6 Category

85.6.1         

85.7 View

85.7.1         Posterior View

---

86    LEVATOR ANGULI ORIS(CANINUS)

Back Table of Contents  

86.1 Origin

86.1.1        The canine fossa below the infraorbital foramen

86.2 Insertion

86.2.1        The modiolus at the angle of the mouth, min.e;lingwith the zygomaticus major, depressor ang\l;li oris, and of orbicularIs oris. Some superficial fi5ers atfach to the floor of the lower part of the nasolabiarfurrow

86.3 Action

86.3.1        Raises the angle of the mouth. Fixes the modiolus

86.4 Nerve Supply

86.4.1        Superior buccal branches of the facial ne1Ve (VII)

86.5 Arterial Supply

86.5.1        Branches from facial and infra-orbital arteries

86.6 Synergists

86.6.1        For elevation of the modiolus: Zygomaticus major

86.6.2        For elevation of buccal angle: Lateral slip of levator labii superioris alaC?que nasi, levator labii superioris and zygomatIcus mInor

86.7 Antagonists

86.7.1        Depressor anguli oris, platysma and orbicularis OrIs

86.8 Category

86.8.1         

86.9 Note

86.9.1         ( .denotes modiolus)

---

87    LEVATOR ANI, ILIAC PART(ILIOCOCCYGEUS)

Back Table of Contents  

87.1 Origin

87.1.1         

87.2 Insertion

87.2.1         

87.3 Action

87.3.1         

87.4 Nerve Supply

87.4.1         

87.5 Synergists

87.5.1         

87.6 Category

87.6.1         

 

---

 

 

88    LEVATOR ANI, PUBIC PART(PUBOCOCCYGEUS)

Back Table of Contents  

88.1 Origin

88.1.1         

88.2 Insertion

88.2.1         

88.3 Action

88.3.1         

88.4 Nerve Supply

88.4.1         

88.5 Synergists

88.5.1         

88.6 Category

88.6.1         

 

---

 

 

89    LEVATOR LABII SUPERIORIS

Back Table of Contents  

89.1 Origin

89.1.1        The inferior orbital mar.e;in on both the maxilla and zygomatic bones above the infraorbital foramen

89.2 Insertion

89.2.1        The upper lip between the lateral slip of levator labii superioris alaequ.e n.asi and zygomaticus minor. Also, superficial to the levator anguli OrIS

89.3 Action

89.3.1        Elevates and everts the upper lip

89.4 Nerve Supply

89.4.1        Superior buccal branches of the facial nerve (VII)

89.5 Arterial Supply

89.5.1        Branches from infraorbital artery, branches from the facial and transverse facial arteries

89.6 Synergists

89.6.1        Lateral slip of levator labii superioris alaeque nasi, levator anguli oris and zygomaticus major and minor

89.7 Antagonists

89.7.1        Depressor anguli oris and orbicularis oris

89.8 Category

89.8.1         

---

90    LEVATOR LABII SUPERIORIS ALAEQUE NASI

Back Table of Contents  

90.1 Origin

90.1.1        Upper part of the frontal process of the maxillary bone

90.2 Insertion

90.2.1        Medial slip: The greater alar cartilage and skin of nose

90.2.2        Lateral slip: Inserts into the lip blending with the orbicularis oris and levator labii superioris

90.3 Action

90.3.1        Medial slip: Dilates the nostril; displaces laterally the curvature of the inferolateral convex circumalar furrow

90.3.2        Lateral slip: Raises and everts the upper lip. Raises the curvature of the nasolabial furrows superior part (direct labial tractor)

90.4 Nerve Supply

90.4.1        Superior buccal branches of the facial nerve (VII)

90.5 Arterial Supply

90.5.1        Lateral nasal branch from the facial artery, !lIar bra~ches from the superior labial artery and rami from tlie Infraorbital artery

90.6 Synergists

90.6.1        Medial slip: Dilator nasi

90.6.2        Latera.1 slip: Levator labii sll;pet:ioris, zygomaticus major and mmor and levator anguh OrIs

90.7 Antagonsts

90.7.1        Depressor anguli oris and orbicularis oris

90.8 Category

90.8.1         

---

91    LEVATOR PALPEBRAE SUPERIORIS

Back Table of Contents  

91.1 Origin

91.1.1         

91.2 Insertion

91.2.1         

91.3 Action

91.3.1         

91.4 Nerve Supply

91.4.1         

91.5 Synergists

91.5.1         

91.6 Category

91.6.1        Eye Ball & Facial Expression

 

---

 

 

92    LEVATOR SCAPULAE

Back Table of Contents  

92.1 Origin

92.1.1        Transverse processes of first four cervical vertebrae

92.2 Insertion

92.2.1        Vertebral border of scapula between superior angle and scapular spine

92.3 Action

92.3.1        Elevates the scapula and rotates the scapula downwards so the glenoid cavity faces inferiorly. Working with the upper trapezius, elevates and retracts the scapula

92.3.2        REVERSED ORIGIN-INSERTION ACTION: When scapula is fixed, laterally flexes and slightly rotates cervical spine to the same side

92.4 Nerve Supply

92.4.1        Dorsal scapular C5, and ventral rami of C3, 4

92.5 Synergists

92.5.1        Rhomboids and trapezius

92.6 Category

92.6.1         

92.7 View

92.7.1         Posterior View

---

93    LEVATOR VELI PALATINI

Back Table of Contents  

93.1 Origin

93.1.1        The inferior surface of the apex of the petrous part of the temporal bone, the uEPer part of the carotid sheath, and the inferior aspect of the cartIlaginous part of the auditory tube

93.2 Insertion

93.2.1        Blends in the soft palate and palatine aponeurosis with it's opposite between the two strands of the palatopharyngeus muscle

93.3 Action

93.3.1        Elevates the soft palate, closing off the passage between the nasopharynx and oropharynx

93.4 Nerve Supply

93.4.1        Pharyngeal branch of the vagus (X), with the filaments chiefly from the cranial accessory nerve that pass through the pharyngeal plexus

93.5 Arterial Supply

93.5.1        Greater palatine branch of the maxillary artery, the ascending palatine branch of the facial artery, a variable ramus from tne ascending pharyngeaL artery

93.5.2         

93.6 Synergists

93.6.1        None

93.7 Antagonist

93.7.1        None

93.8 Category

93.8.1         

93.9 View

93.9.1        (Note: The maxillary artery is cut.)

---

94    LEVATORES COSTARUM BREVES

Back Table of Contents  

94.1 Origin

94.1.1        Transverse processes of the 7th cervical and upper 11 thoracic vertebrae

94.2 Insertion

94.2.1        The outer surface of the rib immediately below the vertebra from which it takes origin, between the tubercle and the angle

94.3 Action

94.3.1        Elevate the ribs during inspiration. Extend the vertebral column, bend it laterally and rotate it slightly toward the opposite side

94.4 Nerve Supply

94.4.1        From the corresponding thoracic dorsal rami lateral branches

94.5 Synergists

94.5.1        External intercostals

94.5.2        Serratus posterior superior

94.5.3        Internal intercostals

94.6 Category

94.6.1         

94.7 View

94.7.1         Posterior View

---

95    LEVATORES COSTARUM LONGI

Back Table of Contents  

95.1 Origin

95.1.1        Transverse processes of the 7th -1Oth thoracic vertebrae

95.2 Insertion

95.2.1        The outer surface of the 2nd rib below its origin, between the tubercle and the angle

95.3 Action

95.3.1        Elevate the ribs during inspiration. Extend the vertebral column, bend it laterally and rotate it slightly toward the opposite side

95.4 Nerve Supply

95.4.1        From the corresponding thoracic dorsal rami lateral branches

95.5 Synergists

95.5.1        External intercostals, internal intercostals, levator costarum brevis

95.6 Category

95.6.1         

95.7 View

95.7.1         Posterior View

---

96    LONGISSIMUS CAPITIS

Back Table of Contents  

96.1 Origin

96.1.1        Transverse processes of the 1st -Sth thoracic vertebrae and the articular processes of the 4th -7th cervical vertebrae

96.2 Insertion

96.2.1        The posterior margin of the mastoid process

96.3 Action

96.3.1        Acting bilaterally, extends the head; acting unilaterally, laterally flexes and rotates the head to the same side

96.4 Nerve Supply

96.4.1        Dorsal rami of the spinal nerves

96.5 Synergists

96.5.1        Semispinalis capitis, spinalis capitis, longissimus cervicis

96.6 Category

96.6.1         

96.7 View

96.7.1         Posterior View

---

97    LONGISSIMUS CERVICIS

Back Table of Contents  

97.1 Origin

97.1.1        Transverse processes of the 1 st -Sth thoracic vertebrae

97.2 Insertion

97.2.1        Transverse processes of the 2nd -6th cervical ver- tebrae and sometimes to the atlas transverse process

97.3 Action

97.3.1        Acting unilaterally, laterally flexes the neck

97.3.2        Acting bilaterally, extension of the neck

97.4 Nerve Supply

97.4.1        Dorsal rami of the spinal nerves

97.5 Synergists

97.5.1        Semispinalis capitis

97.5.2        Semispinalis cervicis

97.5.3        Iliocos- talis cervicis

97.5.4        Longissimus cervicis

97.5.5        Longissimus capitis

97.5.6        Spinalis cervicis

97.5.7        Deep posterior spinal group

97.6 Category

97.6.1         

97.7 View

97.7.1        Posterior View

---

98    LONGISSIMUS THORACIS

Back Table of Contents  

98.1 Origin

98.1.1        The common broad thick tendon with the iliocostalis lumborum, fibers from the transverse and accessory processes of the lumbar vertebrae and thoracolumbar fascia

98.2 Insertion

98.2.1        The tips of transverse process of all thoracic ver- tebrae and the lower 9 or 10 ribs between the tubercles and angles

98.3 Action

98.3.1        Acting unilaterally, laterally flexes the vertebral column.

98.3.2        Acting bilaterally, extension of vertebral column; draws ribs down

98.4 Nerve Supply

98.4.1        Dorsal rami of the spinal nerves

98.5 Synergists

98.5.1        : Iliocostalis lumborum, iliocostalis thoracis, quad- ratus lumborum

98.6 Category

98.6.1         

98.7 View

98.7.1         Posterior View

---

99    LONGUS CAPITIS

Back Table of Contents  

99.1 Origin

99.1.1        Anterior tubercles of transverse processes of the 3rd -6th cervical vertebrae

99.2 Insertion

99.2.1        Inferior surface of the basilar portion of the occipital bone

99.3 Action

99.3.1        Acting bilaterally, flexes cervical vertebrae and head.

99.3.2        Acting unilaterally, rotates and laterally flexes cervical vertebrae and head to the same side

99.4 Nerve Supply

99.4.1        Ventral rami of C1, 2, 3

99.5 Synergists

99.5.1        : Longus colli, sternocleidomastoid, scalenus group, suprahyoid, infrahyoid and the platysma

99.6 Category

99.6.1         

99.7 View

99.7.1        Anterior View

---

100              LONGUS CAPITIS ANTERIOR

Back Table of Contents  

100.1             Origin

100.1.1     

100.2             Insertion

100.2.1     

100.3             Action

100.3.1     

100.4             Nerve Supply

100.4.1     

100.5             Synergists

100.5.1     

100.6             Category

100.6.1     

 

---

 

 

101              LONGUS COLLI

Back Table of Contents  

101.1             Origin

101.1.1    INFERIOR OBLIQUE PART: Ist, 2nd or 3rd thoracic vertebral bodies

101.1.2    SUPERIOR OBLIQUE PART: Anterior tubercles of 3rd, 4th and Sth cervical transverse processes

101.1.3    VERTICAL PART: Anterior aspects of the Sth, 6th and 7th cervical and 1st, 2nd and 3rd thoracic vertebral bodies

101.2             Insertion

101.2.1    INFERIOR OBLIQUE PART: Anterior tubercles of the Sth, 6th or 7th cervical transverse processes

101.2.2    SUPERIOR OBLIQUE PART: Anterolateral surface of the atlanta anterior tubercle, anterior tubercle

101.2.3    VERTICAL PART: Anterior aspects of the 2nd, 3rd and 4th cervi- cal vertebral bodies

101.3             Action

101.3.1    Acting bilaterally, flexes cervical vertebrae. Acting unilaterally, assists in rotation to opposite side and lateral flexion

101.4             Nerve Supply

101.4.1    Ventral rami of C2 -6

101.5             Synergists

101.5.1    Scalenus group, sternocleidomastoid, longus capitis, suprahyoid, infrahyoid and the platysma

101.6             Category

101.6.1     

101.7             View

101.7.1     Anterior View

---

102              LUMBRICALS (FOOT)

Back Table of Contents References  

102.1             Attachments

102.1.1    Attachments

102.1.1.1 Origin

102.1.1.1.1      The four Lumbricals attach to the medial aspect of the four tendinous slips (which attach to the 2nd thru 5th digits) of the flexor digitorum longus tendon near where they branch from the main tendon

102.1.1.2 Insertion

102.1.1.2.1      On the medial side of the proximal phalanx, into the dorsal expansions of the tendons to the extensor digitorum longus of the 2nd .5th toes

102.2             Action

102.2.1    Extends interphalangeal joints

102.2.2    Assists in flexing metatarsophalangeal joints of the 2nd -5th toes

102.3             Nerve Supply

102.3.1    1st Lumbrical

102.3.1.1 Nerve

102.3.1.1.1      Medial plantar

102.3.1.2 Roots

102.3.1.2.1         L4
102.3.1.2.2         L5
102.3.1.2.3         S1
102.3.1.2.4         S2
102.3.1.2.5         S3

102.3.2    2nd, 3rd, 4th Lumbricals

102.3.2.1 Nerve

102.3.2.1.1      Lateral plantar

102.3.2.2 Roots

102.3.2.2.1      S2
102.3.2.2.2      S3

102.4             Synergists

102.4.1    Flexor digitorum brevis (metatarsophalangeal articulation)

102.4.2    Flexor digitorum longus (metatarsophalangeal articulation)

102.4.3    Extensor digitorum longus (extensor function)

102.4.4    Extensor digitorum brevis (extensor function)

102.4.5    Dorsal Interossei

102.4.6    Plantar Interossei

102.5             Muscle Tests

102.5.1     

102.6             Trigger Points

102.6.1     

102.7             Discussion (Gray)

102.7.1    The Lumbricales are four small muscles, accessory to the tendons of the Flexor digitorum longus and numbered from the medial side of the foot; they arise from these tendons, as far back as their angles of division, each springing from two tendons, except the first. The muscles end in tendons, which pass forward on the medial sides of the four lesser toes, and are inserted into the expansions of the tendons of the Extensor digitorum longus on the dorsal surfaces of the first phalanges.    21

102.7.2    Variations.—Absence of one or more; doubling of the third or fourth. Insertion partly or wholly into the first phalanges.

102.7.3    Discussion

102.7.3.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/131.html

102.7.4    Illustration

102.7.4.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus444.html

102.8             Category

102.8.1    Intrinsic Foot (Plantar 2nd Layer)

102.9             View

102.9.1     Plantar View (2nd Plantar Layer)

---

103              LUMBRICALS (HAND)

Back Table of Contents  

103.1             Origin

103.1.1    Tendons of flexor digitorum profundus in center of palm

103.2             Insertion

103.2.1    Around the radial side of the metacarpal bone and into the extensor expansion

103.3             Action

103.3.1    Principal extensors of the interphalangeal joints. Weak flexor of the metacarpophalangeal joints

103.4             Nerve Supply

103.4.1    1 st and 2nd lumbricals from 3rd and 4th palmar digital branches of the median nerve. 3rd and 4th lumbricals from deep branch of the ulnar nerve, C8, T1

103.5             Synergists

103.5.1    Dorsal interossei, palmar interossei, flexor digitorum profundus, flexor digitorum superficialis

103.6             Category

103.6.1     

103.7             View

103.7.1    Anterior View

---

104              MASSETER

Back Table of Contents  

104.1             Origin

104.1.1    Superficial layer: Zygomatic process of the maxillary bone and the anterior 2/3 of tlle inferior border of the zygomatic arch

104.1.2    Dee-p layer: Posterior li3 of inferior border and medial surface of zygomatic arch

104.2             Insertion

104.2.1    Superficial layer: Angle of mandible (continuous with medial pte.rygoid) ana lower posterior 1/2 of the lateral surface of ItS ramus

104.2.2    Deep layer: Upper part of the mandibular ramus and lateral surface of coronoid process

104.3             Action

104.3.1    Closes jaw, forms mandibular sling with the medial pterygoid.

104.3.2    Minimal action in side-to-side, protraction and retraction movements

104.4             Nerve Supply

104.4.1    Masseteric branch from the anterior trunk of the mandibular division of the trigeminal nerve (V3)

104.5             Arterial Supply

104.5.1    Masseteric branch of maxillary artery and branches froth the facial and transverse facial arteries

104.6             Synergists

104.6.1    The masseter and medial pterygoid act together forming the mandibular sling. Temporalis muscle

104.7             Antagonists

104.7.1    Digastric, mylohyoid and geniohyoid when InfrahyoId muscles contract to flX hyoId bone

104.8             Category

104.8.1     

---

105              MEDIAL PTERYGOID

Back Table of Contents  

105.1             Origin

105.1.1    Deep attachments

105.1.1.1 Medial aspect of the lateral pterygoid plate an<;l gI:ooved surface of the pyra~idal process of the palatine bone

105.1.2    Superficial attachment

105.1.2.1 Lateral surfaces of the pyra.midal proce.ss of the palatine bone and the maxIllary tuDeroslty

105.2             Insertion

105.2.1    A strong tendinous lamina inferoposterior to the medial surfaces of the mandibular ramus and angle

105.3             Action

105.3.1    Closes the jaw. Forms mandibular slinK with masseter muscle. Acting with tile ipsilateral lateral pterygoid, it rotates the mandible to the opposite slGe

105.4             Nerve Supply

105.4.1    Branches from the anterior trunk of the mandibular division of the trigeminal nerve (V3)

105.5             Arterial Supply

105.5.1    Branches from maxillary artery; Medial pterygoid artery and accessory meningeal artery

105.6             Synergists

105.6.1    For closing the jaw; Masseter and anterior fibers of temporahs

105.7             Antagonists

105.7.1    For closing the jaw; Mylohyoid, digastric and geniohyoid when infrahyoid muscles contract to fix hyoidDone

105.8             Category

105.8.1     

105.9             View

105.9.1     (Note: Zygomatic bone and ramus of mandible have been removed).

---

106              MEDIAL RECTUS

Back Table of Contents  

106.1             Origin

106.1.1    Superomedial, medial and inferomedial margins of the optic canal on the common annular tendon

106.2             Insertion

106.2.1    Anteromedial margin of the eye into the sclera about 5.5 mm posterior to the margIn of the cornea

106.3             Action

106.3.1    In the vertical axis it medially rotates (adducts) the eye

106.4             Nerve Supply

106.4.1    Branch from the inferior division of the oculomotor nerve (III)

106.5             Arterial Supply

106.5.1    Muscular rami from the ophthalmic branch of the internal carotid artery

106.6             Synergists

106.6.1    Superior and inferior rectus

106.7             Antagonists

106.7.1    Lateral rectus, superior and inferior oblique

106.8             Category

106.8.1     

106.9              

106.9.1     (Note: All six extraocular muscles are involved, and act in concert during an eye movement; synergists and antagonists depend on the fIXation point of the eye prior to movement.)

---

107              MENTALIS

Back Table of Contents  

107.1             Origin

107.1.1    From the incisive fossa of the mandible

107.2             Insertion

107.2.1    The skin of the chin

107.3             Action

107.3.1    Raises the mental tissues, mentolabial sulcus and base of the lower lip

107.4             Nerve Supply

107.4.1    Mandibular marginal branch of the facial nerve (VII)

107.5             Arterial Supply

107.5.1    Mental branch of inferior alveolar artery and inferior labial and submental branches of the facial artery

107.6             Synergists

107.6.1    Levator anguli oris and zygomaticus major

107.7             Antagonists

107.7.1    Depressor labii inferioris and depressor anguli OrIs

107.8             Category

107.8.1     

---

108              MIDDLE PHARYNGEAL CONSTRICTOR

Back Table of Contents  

108.1             Origin/Insertion

108.1.1    Anterior attachments

108.1.1.1 Chondropharyngeal part: The lesser hyoid c.ornu ana the lower part of the stylohyoid ltgament

108.1.1.2 Ceratopha!'Jngeal part: The whole upI?er border of tlie greafer cornu of the hyoid bone

108.1.2    Posterior attachment

108.1.2.1 The posterior median pharypgeal raphe.

108.1.2.2 Superior:ly, fib.ers oyerlaRPing the superIor pharyngeal constrIctor; ferlorly, libers blend with the inferior pharyngeal constrictor

108.2             Action

108.2.1    General sphincteric and peristaltic action during swalloWIng

108.3             Nerve Supply

108.3.1    Pharyn~eal branch of the vagus nerve (X), with filaments from the crania1 accessory nerve thaI pass throug1i the pharyngeal plexus

108.4             Arterial Supply

108.4.1    Ascending pharyngeal artery, ascending Ralatine and tonsillar branches of the facial artery; the dorsal lingual branch of the lingual artery

108.5             Synergists

108.5.1    Inferior and superior pharyngeal constrictors

108.6             Antagonist

108.6.1    Stylopharyngeus dilates the pharynx

108.7             Category

108.7.1     

---

109              MULTIFIDUS

Back Table of Contents  

109.1             Origin

109.1.1    A series of pairs of small muscles extending the full length of the spine just superlicial to the rotatores and each spanning 2 or 3 intervertebral spaces before inserting

109.1.2    Posterior surface of the sacrum, the dorsal end of the iliac crest, the mamillary and transverse processes of the lumbar and the thoracic vertebrae and the articular processes of the 4th -7th cervical vertebrae

109.2             Insertion

109.2.1    Spinous processes of all the vertebrae except the atlas

109.3             Action

109.3.1    Acting unilaterally, lateral flexion and rotation to the opposite side. Acting bilaterally, extension of the spine

109.4             Nerve Supply

109.4.1    Dorsal rami of the spinal nerves

109.5             Synergists

109.5.1    Rotatores, interspinales, intertransversarii groups

109.6             Category

109.6.1     

109.7             View

109.7.1     Posterior View

---

110              MUSCULUS UVULAE

Back Table of Contents  

110.1             Origin

110.1.1    Posterior nasal spine of the palatine bone and to the palatine aponeurosis

110.2             Insertion

110.2.1    Uvular mucosa

110.3             Action

110.3.1    Elevation and retraction of the uvula

110.4             Nerve Supply

110.4.1    Pharyngeal branch of the vagus (X), with the filaments chiefly from the cranial accessory nerve that pass through the pharyngeal plexus

110.5             Arterial Supply

110.5.1    Greater palatine branch of the maxillary artery, the ascending palatine branch of the facial artery, a variable ramus from the ascending pharyngeal artery

110.6             Synergists

110.6.1    None

110.7             Antagonist

110.7.1     

110.8             Category

110.8.1     

110.9             View

110.9.1     (Note: Maxillary artery is cut.)

---

111              MYLOHYOID (SUPRAHYOID)

Back Table of Contents  

111.1             Origin

111.1.1    The mylohyoid line on the mandible

111.2             Insertion

111.2.1    Posterior fibers

111.2.1.1 Anterior aspect of the hyoid body near its lower border

111.2.2    Middle and anterior fibers

111.2.2.1 Decussate in a median fibrous raphe stretching from the mandibular symphysis to the hyold,bone

111.3             Action

111.3.1    Elevation of the floor of mouth as during mastication and swallowing

111.3.2    Elevates the hyoid bone or depresses the mandible

111.4             Nerve Supply

111.4.1    Mylohyoid branch of the inferior alveolar nerve from the trigeminal nerve (V3)

111.5             Arterial Supply

111.5.1    Mylohyoid branch of the inferior alveolar artery, the submental branch of the facial artery and the sublingual brancn of the lingual artery

111.6             Synergists

111.6.1    Digastric, stylohyoid and geniohyoid

111.7             Antagonists

111.7.1    Infrahyoid muscles (sternohyoid, omohyoid, and ~ thyrohyoId)

111.8             Category

111.8.1     

111.9             VIew

111.9.1     (Note: The mandible and zygomatic arch have two different sagittal sectIons).

---

112              NASALIS, ALAR PORTION

Back Table of Contents  

112.1             Origin

112.1.1     

112.2             Insertion

112.2.1     

112.3             Action

112.3.1     

112.4             Nerve Supply

112.4.1     

112.5             Synergists

112.5.1     

112.6             Category

112.6.1     

 

---

 

 

113              NASALIS (COMPRESSOR & DILATOR NARIS)

Back Table of Contents  

113.1             Origin

113.1.1    Compressor naris

113.1.1.1 The maxilla, lateral to its incisive fossa

113.1.2    Dilator naris

113.1.2.1 The maxilla, inferomedial to and partially blended with the compressor

113.2             Insertion

113.2.1    Compressor naris

113.2.1.1 The expanded aponeurosis, contInuous with that on the opposite side, and also blends with the aponeurosis of procerus

113.2.2    Dilator naris

113.2.2.1 The cartilaginous ala nasi

113.3             Action

113.3.1    Compressor naris

113.3.1.1 Compresses the nasal aperture at the junction of the vestibule and nasal cavity

113.3.2    Dilator naris

113.3.2.1 Depresses the ala laterally, widening the anterIor nasal aperture

113.4             Nerve Supply

113.4.1    Superior buccal branches of the facial nerve(VII)

113.5             Arterial Supply

113.5.1    Lateral nasal branch of the facial and alar ram~ from t~e superior labial branch of the facial artery. Rami from the Infraorbital artery

113.6             Synergists

113.6.1    For dilation of nasal cavity; the medial slips of the labii superioris alaeque nasi, and depressor septi

113.7             Antagonist

113.7.1    None

113.8             Category

113.8.1     

---

114              OBLIQUE ARYTENOID & ARYEPIGLOTTICUS

Back Table of Contents  

114.1             Origin/Insertion

114.1.1    Run obliquely from the muscular process of one ary.tenoid to the other (oblique arytenoid) and from the apex into the aryepiglottic fold (aryepiglottlcus)

114.2             Action

114.2.1    Oblique arytenoids

114.2.1.1 Adduction of the aryepiglottic fold and vocal cords, acting as a sphincter of the laryngeal inlet

114.2.2    Ary~piglotticus

114.2.2.1 Appt:oximates the arytenoid cartIIages to the epIglottIc tubercle

114.3             Nerve Supply

114.3.1    Recurrent laryngeal branch of the vagus nerve (X)

114.4             Arterial Supply

114.4.1    Superior laryngeal branch 9f th.e superi9r thyroId artery and mfenor laryngeal branch of the mfenor tfiyrold artery

114.5             Synergists

114.5.1    Transverse arytenoids

114.6             Antagonist

114.6.1    Thyroepiglottic

114.7             Category

114.7.1     

---

115              OBLIQUUS CAPITIS INFERIOR

Back Table of Contents  

115.1             Origin

115.1.1    The apex of the spinous process of the axis

115.2             Insertion

115.2.1    The inferior and dorsal part of the transverse process of the atlas

115.3             Action

115.3.1    Rotates the atlas, turning the face toward the same side

115.4             Nerve Supply

115.4.1    Suboccipital nerve dorsal ramus C1

115.5             Synergists

115.5.1    Longissimus capitis, rectus capitis posterior major

115.6             Category

115.6.1     

115.7             View

115.7.1     Posterior View

---

116              OBLIQUUS CAPITIS SUPERIOR

Back Table of Contents  

116.1             Origin

116.1.1    The superior surface of the transverse process of the atlas

116.2             Insertion

116.2.1    Between the superior and inferior nuchal lines of the occipital bone, lateral to the semispinalis capitis

116.3             Action

116.3.1    Extension and lateral flexion of the head at the neck

116.4             Nerve Supply

116.4.1    Suboccipital nerve, dorsal ramus C1

116.5             Synergists

116.5.1    Rectus capitis posterior minor, rectus capitis posterior major, longissimus capitis, semispinalis capitis

116.6             Category

116.6.1     

116.7             View

116.7.1     Posterior View

---

117              OBTURATOR EXTERNUS (1 of 6 Deep Lateral Rotators of Femur)

Back Table of Contents  

117.1             Origin

117.1.1    Outer surface of obturator membrane and the margin of bone immediately around the medial side of the obturatorforamen, from the rami of the pubis and the inferior ramus of the ischium

117.2             Insertion

117.2.1    Trochanteric fossa on the medial aspect of the greater trochanter

117.3             Action

117.3.1    Lateral rotation of femur at the hip

117.4             Nerve Supply

117.4.1    Obturator, L3,4

117.5             Synergists

117.5.1    Piriformis

117.5.2    Superior and inferior gemelli

117.5.3    Obturator internus

117.5.4    Quadratus femoris

117.6             Category

117.6.1     

117.7             View

117.7.1     Posterior View

---

118              OBTURATOR INTERNUS (1 of 6 Deep Lateral Rotators of Femur)

Back Table of Contents  

118.1             Origin

118.1.1    Pelvic surface of obturator membrane and bony margin of the obturator foramen

118.2             Insertion

118.2.1    Medial surface of the greater trochanter of the femur

118.3             Action

118.3.1    Laterally rotates the extended thigh at the hip can also produce horizontal extension

118.3.2    Abducts the flexed thigh

118.4             Nerve Supply

118.4.1    Sacral plexus, L5, S1, 2

118.5             Synergists

118.5.1    Piriformis, obturator externus, quadratus femoris, superior and inferior gemelli

118.6             Category

118.6.1     

118.7             View

118.7.1     Posterior View

---

119              OCCIPITALIS (EPICRANIUS)

Back Table of Contents  

119.1             Origin

119.1.1    Lateral two thirds of the highest nuchal line of occipital bone and mastoid part of temporal bone

119.2             Insertion

119.2.1    The cranial aponeurosis, galea aponeuritica

119.3             Action

119.3.1    Retract sca1[); through the galea aponeuritica, it assists in raising the upper eyeltos

119.4             Nerve Supply

119.4.1    Occip-ital branch of the posterior auricular nerve from the facial nerve (VII)

119.5             Arterial Supply

119.5.1    Posterior auricular artery and occipital artery

119.6             Synergists

119.6.1    Frontalis

119.7             Antagonist

119.7.1    Platysma (indirectly)

119.8             Category

119.8.1     

---

120              OMOHYOID SUPERIOR & INFERIOR (INFRAHYOID)

Back Table of Contents  

120.1             Origin

120.1.1    Inferior belly

120.1.1.1 Upper scapular border, near the suprascapular notch and occasIonally tlie superior transverse scapular ligament

120.1.2    Superior belly

120.1.2.1 Intermediate tendon, located near the lateral border of the sternohyoid. The intermediate tendon is attached to the clavicle and first rib by a sling of deep cervical fascia

120.2             Insertion

120.2.1    Inferior belly

120.2.1.1 Intermediate tendon, located near the lateral border of the sternohyoId

120.2.2    Su~erior belly

120.2.2.1 The lower border of the hyoid body, just lateral to the sternohyoid attachment

120.3             Action

120.3.1    Both bellies lowers the hyoid after it has been raised

120.4             Nerve Supply

120.4.1    Inferior belly

120.4.1.1 Inferior ramus of the ansa cervicalis (C2, C3)

120.4.2    Superior belly

120.4.2.1 Superior ramus of ansa cervicalis (Cl, C2)

120.5             Arterial Supply

120.5.1    Inferior belly

120.5.1.1 Suprascapular artery

120.5.2    Superior belly

120.5.2.1 Superior and inferior thyroid arteries

120.6             Synergists

120.6.1    Sternohyoid, sternothyroid and thyrohyoid

120.7             Antagonists

120.7.1    Suprahyoid muscles (e.g., digastric)

120.8             Category

120.8.1     

---

121              OPPONENS DIGITI MINIMI

Back Table of Contents  

121.1             Origin

121.1.1    Hamulus or hook of the hamate bone and flexor retinaculum

121.2             Insertion

121.2.1    Entire length of ulnar border of 5th metacarpal

121.3             Action

121.3.1    Flexes and slightly laterally rotates the 5th metacarpal. Helps to cup the palm of the hand

121.4             Nerve Supply

121.4.1    Deep branch of ulnar nerve, C8, T1

121.5             Synergists

121.5.1    Flexor digiti minimi brevis, abductor digiti minimi

121.6             Category

121.6.1     

121.7             View

121.7.1     Anterior View -

---

122              OPPONENS POLLICIS

Back Table of Contents  

122.1             Origin

122.1.1    Flexor retinaculum and tubercle of trapezium bone

122.2             Insertion

122.2.1    Radial side of entire length of first metacarpal bone

122.3             Action

122.3.1    Flexes and abducts the first metacarpal with slight medial rotation

122.4             Nerve Supply

122.4.1    Median, C8, T1 and commonly a ramus from the deep terminal branch of ulnar

122.5             Synergists

122.5.1    Abductor pollicis, adductor pollicis

122.6             Category

122.6.1     

122.7             View

122.7.1     Anterior View

---

123              ORBICULARIS OCULI

Back Table of Contents  

123.1             Origin

123.1.1    Orbital part

123.1.1.1 Nasal part of the frontal bone lthe frontal p;rocess of the maxilla and the media palpebral ligament between them

123.1.2    Palpebral part

123.1.2.1 Medial palpebral ligament

123.1.3    Lacrimal part

123.1.3.1 Just Rosterior of the lacrimal sac to the upper part of the lacrimal crest

123.2             Insertion

123.2.1    Orbit.al part

123.2.1.1 Surround~ orbi~ and &preads into the anterIOr temporal regIon, Infraorbital cheek and superciliary region. (Nofe: no bony attachments)

123.2.2    Palpebral part

123.2.2.1 Across eyelids anterior to the orbital septum, inserting into the lateral palpebral raphe

123.2.3    Lacrimal part

123.2.3.1 S~perior and inferior tarsi and the lateral palpebral rapfie

123.3             Action

123.3.1    Orbital part

123.3.1.1 Protrusion of the eyebrows, and closes the eyelids, usually a voluntary action

123.3.2    Palpebral part

123.3.2.1 Closes lids during blinking

123.3.3    Lacrimal part

123.3.3.1 Draws lids and lacrimal papillae medially, also compresses the lacrimal sac

123.4             Nerve Supply

123.4.1    Temporal & zygomatic branches facial nerve (VU)

123.5             Arterial Supply

123.5.1    Zygomatico-orbital artery, palpebral branches from the ophthalmic and lacrimal arteries

123.6             Synergists

123.6.1    For protrusion; corrugator supercilii and procerus

123.7             Antagonists

123.7.1    Levator palRebrae superioris for closing the eyelids and the frontalis muscle lor protrusIon of the eyebrows

123.8             Category

123.8.1     

---

124              ORBICULARIS ORIS

Back Table of Contents  

124.1             Origin/Insertion

124.1.1    l:atera~ attac~l.tlel!ts

124.1.1.1 La.bial aspect of the modiol\!s with fibers Interdlgltat~ng ~lth those from thy buc.clnatorl depresso.r an~11 OrIS, levator angulI OrIS ana zygomaticus major

124.1.2    Pars peripheralis superior

124.1.2.1 The highest fibers extend to th.e nasorabial s~lc~s, nasal .!lla anq s.eptum .and are reinforced from InCISlVUS labll superlorls and Its fibers from the contralateral side

124.1.3    Pars peripheralis inferior

124.1.3.1 The lowest fibers to the mento1abial sulcus. Reinforcement from incisivus labii inferior and fibers from the contralateral side

124.1.4    Pars marginalis inferior and superior

124.1.4.1 Fibers meet and interlace with their contralateral partners in the red- lipped dermis

124.2             Action

124.2.1    Direct closure of lips by its deep fibers. b!ipg lips tog.ether and als~ Qrotrudes then forward Dy superficial, prIncipally decussatlng fibers

124.3             Nerve Supply

124.3.1    Buccal branches of the facial nerve (VII)

124.4             Arterial Supply

124.4.1    Superior and inferior labial branch of the facial artery and mental branches of the inferior alveolar artery

124.5             Synergists

124.5.1    lncisivus labii superior, incisivus labii inferior and mentalis

124.6             Antagonists

124.6.1    La;te~al slip of leyator lajJii suRerioris alaequ.e na~i, levator lab 11 su.perlorls, zygomaticus mInor, levator angulI OrIS, zygomati~s major, depressor labii inferioris, depressor anguli oris, ana buccInator

124.7             Category

124.7.1     

124.8             Note

124.8.1     (Denotes modiolus)

---

125              PALATOGLOSSUS (Palatoglossal arch; Anterior pillar)

Back Table of Contents  

125.1             Origin

125.1.1    The oral surface of the palatine aponeurosis, where it is continuous with its muscle fibers from the contralateral side

125.2             Insertion

125.2.1    Anterior to the tonsil to the side of the tongue, with fibres over the lingual dorsum, and others deep to intermingle with the transverse 1ingualis

125.3             Action

125.3.1    Elevates the root of the tongue and approximates the palatoglossal arch, closing the ismus of the fauces, thus shutting off the oral cavity from oropharynx

125.4             Nerve Supply

125.4.1    Pharyngeal branch of the vagus nerve (X), with filaments chiefly from the cranial accessory nerve that pass through the pharyngeal plexus

125.5             Arterial Supply

125.5.1    Greater palatine branch of the maxillary artery, the ascending palatine and tonsillar branches of the facial artery, the dorsal lingual branches of the lingual artery

125.6             Synergists

125.6.1    For elevation of the tongue

125.6.1.1 Styloglossus

125.7             Antagonists

125.7.1    For elevation of tongue base

125.7.1.1 Supra-and infra-hyoid muscles

125.8             Category

125.8.1    Tongue & soft palate

---

126              PALATOPHARYNGEUS (Palatopharyngeal arch; Posterior pillar)

Back Table of Contents  

126.1             Origin

126.1.1    Anterior fibres

126.1.1.1 The posterior border of the hard palate and from the palatine aponeurosis with the fibres interdigitating with it's opposite across the midline, between the levator veli pa1atine

126.1.2    Posterior fibres

126.1.2.1 Posterior to the levator veli palatini, the pharyngeal aspect of the palate and joining the posterior band of the opposite muscle in the midline

126.1.3    United fibres

126.1.3.1 At the soft palates posterolateral border the anterior and posterior fibres unite with the salpingopharyngeus muscle

126.2             Insertion

126.2.1    Poster~or border .of the t~yroid cart.ila,ge, pharyngeal fibrous tissue and fibres crossmg the midlme postenorly, decussating with it's opposite muscle

126.3             Action

126.3.1    Elevates and draws pharnyx forward and medially during swallowing

126.4             Nerve Supply

126.4.1    Pharyngeal branch of the vagus nerve (X), with filaments chiefly from the cranial accessory nerve that pass through the paryngeal plexus

126.5             Arterial Supply

126.5.1    Ascending pha~geal artery, asce~ding palatine and tonsillar branches of facial and maxillary arteries, greater palatine, pharyngeal, and the artery of the pterygoid canal

126.6             Synergists

126.6.1    Salpingopharyngeus and stylopharyngeus act as pharyngeal elevators

126.7             Antagonists

126.7.1    Infrahyoid muscles lower pharynx during late stages of swallowing

126.8             Category

126.8.1    Pharynx longitudinal layer & soft palate

126.9             View

126.9.1    (Note: Salpingopharyngeus muscle is also illustrated).

---

127              PALMAR INTEROSSEI (HAND)

Back Table of Contents  

127.1             Origin

127.1.1    Sides of the metacarpals l' 2, 4 and 5

127.2             Insertion

127.2.1    Extensor expansion of the respective digit with pos- sible attachment to the base of the proximal phalanx

127.3             Action

127.3.1    Adducts the thumb, index, ring and little fingers toward the middle finger. All four assist in flexing the proximal phalanges of the thumb, index, ring and little fingers at the metacarpophalan- geal joints, and in extending the middle and distal phalanges

127.4             Nerve Supply

127.4.1    Deep branch of the ulnar nerve, C8, T1

127.5             Synergists

127.5.1    Dorsal interossei, lumbricals, extensor indicis, flexor digitorum superficialis, flexor digitorum profundus

127.6             Category

127.6.1     

127.7             View

127.7.1    Anterior View

---

128              PALMARIS BREVIS

Back Table of Contents  

128.1             Origin

128.1.1     

128.2             Insertion

128.2.1     

128.3             Action

128.3.1     

128.4             Nerve Supply

128.4.1     

128.5             Synergists

128.5.1     

128.6             Category

128.6.1     

 

 

---

 

 

129              PALMARIS LONGUS

Back Table of Contents  

129.1             Origin

129.1.1    Common flexor tendon from medial epicondyle of humerus

129.2             Insertion

129.2.1    Flexor retinaculum and palmar aponeurosis

129.3             Action

129.3.1    Flexes hand at the wrist

129.4             Nerve Supply

129.4.1    Median C7, 8

129.5             Synergists

129.5.1    Flexor carpi radialis, flexor carpi ulnaris, flexor digitorum superficialis

129.6             Category

129.6.1     

129.7             View

129.7.1    Anterior View

---

130              PECTINEUS

Back Table of Contents  

130.1             Origin

130.1.1    Superior surface of the pubis, the pectineal line between iliopectineal eminence and pubic tubercle

130.2             Insertion

130.2.1    Pectineal line of femur, from lesser trochanter to linea aspera

130.3             Action

130.3.1    Adduction of thigh at hip

130.3.2    Assistance in thigh flexion and medial rotation at the hip

130.4             Nerve Supply

130.4.1    Femoral and obturator nerves, L2, 3, 4

130.5             Synergists

130.5.1    Adductor brevis, adductor longus, adductor mag- nus, gracilis

130.6             Category

130.6.1     

130.7             View

130.7.1    Anterior View

---

131              PECTORALIS MAJOR CLAVICULAR

Back Table of Contents  

131.1             Origin

131.1.1    Anterior surface of the medial 1/2 of the clavicle

131.2             Insertion

131.2.1    Lateral lip of the intertubercular sulcus of the humerus

131.2.2    Crest of greater tubercle

131.3             Action

131.3.1    Flexion, adduction, horizontal flexion and medial rotation of the humerus at the shoulder

131.4             Nerve Supply

131.4.1    Lateral pectoral, C5, 6

131.5             Synergists

131.5.1    Biceps brachi, pectoralis major (sternal division), latissimus dorsi, deltoid (anterior division)

131.6             Category

131.6.1     

131.7             View

131.7.1    Anterior View

---

132              PECTORALIS MAJOR STERNAL

Back Table of Contents  

132.1             Origin

132.1.1    Sternum to 7th rib, cartilages of true ribs and aponeurosis of external abdominal oblique muscle

132.2             Insertion

132.2.1    Lateral lip of the intertubercular sulcus of the humerus

132.2.2    Crest of greater tubercle

132.3             Action

132.3.1    Flexion, adduction ,medial rotation and horizontal flexion of the humerus at the shoulder. Also extends flexed humerus. Through its action on the humerus it depresses, protracts and rotates scapula downwards

132.4             Nerve Supply

132.4.1    Lateral and medial pectoral, C7, 8, T1

132.5             Synergists

132.5.1    Latissimus dorsi, subscapularis, teres major

132.6             Category

132.6.1     

132.7             View

132.7.1    Anterior View

---

133              PECTORALIS MINOR

Back Table of Contents  

133.1             Origin

133.1.1    Anterior surfaces of 3rd, 4th and 5th ribs near the costal cartilages

133.2             Insertion

133.2.1    Coracoid process of the scapula

133.3             Action

133.3.1    Depresses scapula and rotates scapula downward. Im- portant anterior shoulder stabilizer

133.3.2    Reversed origin-insertion action

133.3.2.1 When the scapula is fixed, it aids in rib elevation in forced inspiration

133.4             Nerve Supply

133.4.1    Medial pectoral nerve from brachial plexus, C6, 7, 8

133.5             Synergists

133.5.1    Pectoralis major, serratus anterior

133.6             Category

133.6.1     

133.7             View

133.7.1    Anterior View

---

134              PERONEUS BREVIS

Back Table of Contents References

134.1             Word Count

134.1.1    1378/250=5.512

134.2             Word Derivation and Pronunciation

134.3          Pronunciation

134.3.1.1 PERONEUS BREVIS-PeRO’ NE US BREVIS

134.3.1.2 Pronunciation Key

134.3.2    Etymology

134.3.2.1 peróne=fibula

134.3.2.2 brevis=brief or short

134.3.3    Naming

134.3.3.1 This muscle is named because of its location on the fibula (perone means fibula) and size (brevis means short).

134.4             Category

134.4.1    Foot & Toes (Lateral Peroneal Compartment)

134.5             View

134.5.1    Lateral and Plantar View

134.6             Attachments

134.6.1    Origin

134.6.1.1 Distal 2/3 of the lateral surface of the body of fibula

134.6.1.2 Adjacent intermuscular septa

134.6.2    Insertion

134.6.2.1 Tuberosity on lateral side of base of 5th metatarsal

134.7             Anatomical Markings & Structures

134.7.1    Fibula

134.7.2    Intermuscular Septa

134.7.2.1 Definition

134.7.2.2 Illustrations

134.7.2.2.1         Superficial Muscles and Tendons of the Right Lower Thigh and Leg, Lateral View
134.7.2.2.2         Muscles of the Anterior Compartment of the Leg
134.7.2.2.3         Nerves and Arteries of the Anterior and Lateral Compartments of the Leg
134.7.2.2.4         Muscles of the Lateral Compartment of the Leg

134.7.3    Metatarsals

134.7.3.1 Tuberosity

134.7.3.2 Metatarsus

134.7.3.3 Bones of the right Foot, Dorsal View

134.7.3.4 The Fifth Metatarsal Bone

134.7.3.5 Metatarsals

134.8             Joints

134.9          Tibiofibular (Inferior or Distal)

134.9.1    Talocrural (Ankle) Joint (ta’’lo-krōōr’al)

134.9.2    Subtalar/Talocalcaneal (ta’’lo-kal-ka-ne-al)

134.9.3    Calcaneocuboid

134.9.4    5th Tarsometatarsal

134.10        Action

134.10.1 Eversion (Foot-Ankle)

134.10.2 Plantar flexion (Foot-Ankle)

134.10.3 Gives lateral stability to the ankle

134.10.3.1              Reversed Origin-Insertion & change of action

134.10.3.1.1      When the foot is stabilized, as in standing, the peroneus longus and brevis stabilize the leg on the foot.
134.10.3.1.2      They are synergistic to the gastrocnemius and soleus in extending the tibia and fibula at the ankle when in the standing position.

134.11        Nerve Supply

134.11.1 Nerve

134.11.1.1              Superficial Peroneal

134.11.2 Roots

134.11.2.1              L4

134.11.2.2              L5

134.11.2.3              S1

134.11.2.4              S2

134.12        Muscle and Lever Type

134.12.1 Muscle Type

134.12.1.1              Unknown

134.12.2 Lever Type

134.12.2.1              Third Class Levers

134.13        Synergists

134.13.1 Plantar Flexion

134.13.1.1              Peroneus Longus

134.13.1.2              Gastrocnemius

134.13.1.3              Soleus

134.13.1.4              Plantaris

134.13.1.5              Flexor Digitorum Longus

134.13.1.6              Flexor Hallucis Longus

134.13.1.7              Tibialis Posterior

134.13.2 Eversion/Pronation

134.13.2.1              Peroneus Longus

134.13.2.2              Peroneus Tertius

134.13.2.3              Extensor Digitorum Longus

134.13.3 Lateral Ankle Stabilization

134.13.3.1              Peroneus Longus

134.13.4 Fixators

134.13.4.1              None

134.14        Antagonists

134.14.1 Inversion/Supination

134.14.1.1              Tibialis Anterior

134.14.1.2              Tibialis Posterior

134.14.1.3              Extensor Hallucis Longus

134.14.1.4              Gastrocnemius

134.14.1.5              Soleus

134.14.1.6              Flexor Digitorum Longus

134.14.1.7              Flexor Hallucis Longus

134.14.2 Dorsiflexion

134.14.2.1              Tibialis Anterior

134.14.2.2              Extensor Digitorum Longus

134.14.2.3              Extensor Hallucis Longus

134.14.2.4              Peroneus Tertius

134.14.3 Medial Ankle Stabilization

134.14.3.1              Flexor Digitorum Longus

134.14.3.2              Flexor Hallucis Longus

134.14.3.3              Tibialis Posterior

134.15        Muscle Tests

134.15.1 Peroneus Longus & Brevis

134.16        Trigger Points

134.16.1 Peroneus Brevis, Peroneus Longus, & Peroneus Tertius

134.17               Organ Reflexes (Neurolymphatic & Neurovascular)

134.17.1 Bladder

134.17.2 Illustrations

134.18        Acupressure/Acupuncture Theory

134.18.1 Organs

134.18.1.1               Kidneys & Bladder

134.18.2 Channels Discussion

134.18.2.1              Bladder

134.18.3 Channel

134.18.3.1              Bladder Illustration

134.18.4 Command Points

134.18.4.1              Bladder

134.19        Nutritional

134.19.1 Calcium

134.19.2 Vitamin B Complex

134.19.3 Avoid Oxalic Acid Foods

134.20        Musculoskeletal Pathology

134.20.1  Peroneal Tendonitis/ Tenosynovitis

134.20.2  Peroneal Tendon Dislocation/Subluxation

134.20.3 Ankle Varus

134.20.4 Ankle Valgus

134.21        Orthopaedic Tests

134.21.1 Foot Position

134.21.2 Foot Arches

134.21.3 Ankle Circumference

134.21.4 Tenderness Ankle/Foot

134.21.5 Ankle Range of Motion

134.21.6 Foot Condition

134.22        Musculoskeletal Examination

134.22.1 Peroneal Tubercle

134.22.2 Peroneus Longus & Brevis Tendon

134.22.3 Peroneus Longus & Brevis Muscle Test

134.23        Stretching

134.23.1 Stretching Concepts

134.23.2 Stretching Individual Muscle Discussion

134.23.3 Stretching Muscle Illustration

134.24        Posture

134.24.1 Feet & Knees

134.24.2 Knees & Legs

134.25        Massage Routines

134.25.1 Deep Tissue

134.25.1.1              Lateral Leg Separation

134.26        Exercise

134.26.1 Peroneus Longus & Brevis-Resistance Exercise

134.26.2 Peroneus Longus & Brevis- Biomechanics

134.27        Range of Motion Exercise (ROM)

134.27.1 Ankle: dorsiflexion

134.27.2 Ankle: plantarflexion

134.27.3 Subtalar (lower ankle) joint: inversion and eversion

134.27.4 Transverse tarsal joint: supination and pronation

134.28        Peripheral Joint Mobilization

134.28.1 Distal tibiofibular articulation-Anterior (ventral) or posterior (dorsal) glide

134.28.2 Talocrural (upper ankle joint) (Convex talus articulates with the concave mortice made up of the tibia and fibula)

134.28.3 Subtalar (talocalcaneal) joint, posterior compartment

134.28.4 Intertarsal joints and tarsometatarsal joints

134.29        Surgical Anatomy

134.29.1 Anterior Ankle

134.29.2 Posterior Ankle

134.29.3 Lower Leg Posterior

134.29.4 Lower Leg Posterior

134.29.5 Sole of Foot 3rd Layer

134.29.6 Anterior Foot Deep

134.29.7 Anterior Ankle Tibiofibular Joint

134.29.8 Medial Ankle Joint

134.29.9 Posterior Ankle Tibiofibular Joint

134.29.10             Lateral Ankle Joint

134.29.11             Superior Tarsus

134.29.12             Inferior Tarsus

134.30        Miscellaneous Illustrations

134.30.1 Tissue Organization

134.30.1.1              Synovial (Mucous) Sheaths of the Tendons & Retinaculum (Ligaments) Around the Ankle (Lateral & Medial)

134.30.1.2        Tendons at the Ankle Region Dorsolateral View (Right Foot)

134.30.1.3              Tendons of the Peroneus Longus and Tibialis Anterior Muscle

134.30.2 Skeletal System-Appendicular Skeleton

134.30.2.1              Tibiofibular Union and Interosseous Membrane (Right Leg)

134.30.2.2              Right Tibia Posterior View

134.30.2.3              Bones of the right Foot, Dorsal View

134.30.2.4              Bones of the Right Foot Plantar View

134.30.2.5              Right Foot Dorsal/Plantar

134.30.2.6        Left Talus

134.30.2.7              Calcaneus

134.30.2.8              Navicular and Cuboid Bones

134.30.2.9              1st, 2nd, and 3rd Cuneiform Bones

134.30.2.10           Metatarsals

134.30.3 Articulations

134.30.3.1        Right Foot Lateral & Medial Ligaments

134.30.3.2              Plantar Ligaments & Joints

134.30.3.3              Right Foot Synovial Joint Cavities

134.30.3.4              Ligaments of the Ankle and Foot Dorsolateral View (Right Foot)

134.30.3.5              Ligaments of the Ankle and Foot Medial View (Right Foot)

134.30.3.6              Intertarsal and Tarsometatarsal Joints (Horizontal Section of the Right Foot)

134.30.3.7              Talocalcaneonavicular Joint (Viewed from above) Right

134.30.3.8              Ankle Joint (Talocrural) Viewed from Behind (Right Foot)

134.30.3.9              Ligaments on the Plantar Surface of the Right Foot (Superficial)

134.30.3.10           Plantar Calcaneonavicular Ligament and the Insertions of three Tendons (Right Foot)

134.30.3.11           Synovial Joint Types

134.30.3.12           Generalized Synovial Joint Capsule Frontal Section

134.31        Discussion (Gray)

134.31.1 The Peroneus brevis lies under cover of the Peroneus longus, and is a shorter and smaller muscle. It arises from the lower two-thirds of the lateral surface of the body of the fibula; medial to the Peroneus longus; and from the intermuscular septa separating it from the adjacent muscles on the front and back of the leg. The fibers pass vertically downward, and end in a tendon, which runs behind the lateral malleolus along with but in front of that of the preceding muscle, the two tendons being enclosed in the same compartment, and lubricated by a common mucous sheath. It then runs forward on the lateral side of the calcaneus, above the trochlear process and the tendon of the Peroneus longus, and is inserted into the tuberosity at the base of the fifth metatarsal bone, on its lateral side.

134.31.2   On the lateral surface of the calcaneus the tendons of the Peronei longus and brevis occupy separate Osseo aponeurotic canals formed by the calcaneus and the Perineal retinacula; each tendon is enveloped by a forward prolongation of the common mucous sheath.

134.31.3 Variations

134.31.3.1              Fusion of the two peronei is rare. A slip from the Peroneus longus to the base of the third, fourth or fifth metatarsal bone, or to the Adductor hallucis is occasionally seen.

134.31.3.2                Peroneus accessorius, origin from the fibula between the longus and brevis, joins the tendon of the longus in the sole of the foot.    36

134.31.3.3                Peroneus quinti digiti, rare, origin lower fourth of the fibula under the brevis, insertion into the Extensor aponeurosis of the little toe. More common as a slip of the tendon of the Peronæus brevis.    37

134.31.3.4                Peronæus quartus, 13 per cent. (Gruber), origin back of fibula between the brevis and the Flexor hallucis, insertion into the peroneal spine of the calcaneum, (peroneocalcaneus externum), or less frequently into the tuberosity of the cuboid (peroneocuboideus).    38

134.31.4 Nerves.

134.31.4.1               The Peronei longus and brevis are supplied by the fourth and fifth lumbar and first sacral nerves through the superficial peroneal nerve.

134.31.5 Actions.

134.31.5.1              The Peronei longus and brevis extend the foot upon the leg, in conjunction with the Tibialis posterior, antagonizing the Tibialis anterior and Peroneus tertius, which are flexors of the foot. The Peroneus longus also everts the sole of the foot, and from the oblique direction of the tendon across the sole of the foot is an important agent in the maintenance of the transverse arch. Taking their fixed points below, the Peronei serve to steady the leg upon the foot. This is especially the case in standing upon one leg, when the tendency of the super incumbent weight is to throw the leg medialward; the Peroneus longus overcomes this tendency by drawing on the lateral side of the leg.

134.31.6 Discussion

134.31.6.1              http://www.bartleby.com/107/129.html

134.31.7 Illustration

134.31.7.1              http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus439.html

134.31.7.2              http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus440.html

134.31.7.3              http://www.med.umich.edu/rad/muscskel/mskus/images/188/188_lat.html

134.31.8 Research

134.31.8.1              http://www.aofas.org/i4a/pages/index.cfm?pageid=3984

134.31.8.2              http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov/articlerender.fcgi?artid=164378

134.31.8.3              http://www.aaos.org/wordhtml/anmt2005/poster/p179.htm

134.31.8.4              http://www.neurology.org/cgi/content/abstract/55/5/636

134.31.8.5              http://bjsm.bmjjournals.com/cgi/content/abstract/36/1/65

134.31.8.6              http://www.emedicine.com/sports/topic98.htm

134.31.8.7              http://www.straws.com/a_perote.htm

134.32        Practice Questions & Answers

134.32.1 Peroneus Brevis Practice Questions

134.32.2 Peroneus Brevis Answers to Practice Test

---

135              PERONEUS LONGUS

Back Table of Contents References

135.1             Word Derivation and Pronunciation

135.2          Pronunciation

135.2.1.1 PERONEUS LONGUS-

135.2.1.2 Pronunciation Key

135.2.2    Etymology

135.2.2.1 perone=fibula

135.2.2.2 longus=long

135.3             START

135.4             Attachment

135.4.1    Origin

135.4.1.1 Lateral condyle of tibia

135.4.1.2 Head and proximal 2/3 of lateral surface of fibula

135.4.1.3 Intermuscular septa and adjacent fascia

135.4.2    Insertion

135.4.2.1 Lateral margin of plantar surface of 1st cuneiform

135.4.2.2 Base of 1st metatarsal

135.5             Joints

135.6                Ankle (Talocrural)

135.7                Tibiofibular

135.8                Metatarsal/Tarsal

135.9             Action

135.9.1    Eversion (Foot-Ankle)

135.9.2    Plantar flexion (Foot-Ankle)

135.9.3    Gives lateral stability to the ankle

135.9.4    Reversed Origin-Insertion & change of action

135.9.4.1 When the foot is stabilized, as in standing, the peroneus longus and brevis stabilize the leg on the foot.

135.9.4.2 They are synergistic to the gastrocnemius and soleus in extending the tibia and fibula at the ankle when in the standing position.

135.10        Nerve Supply

135.10.1 Nerve

135.10.1.1              Superficial peroneal

135.10.2 Roots

135.10.2.1              L4

135.10.2.2              L5

135.10.2.3              S1

135.10.2.4              S2

135.11        Synergists

135.11.1 Gastrocnemius

135.11.2 Soleus (plantar flexion)

135.11.3 Peroneus brevis (Eversion)

135.11.4 Peroneus Tertius (Eversion)

135.12        Muscle Tests

135.12.1 PERONEUS LONGUS & BREVIS

135.13        Trigger Points

135.13.1 PERONEUS BREVIS, PERONEUS LONGUS, & PERONEUS TERTIUS

135.14               Organ Reflexes (Neurolymphatic & Neurovascular)

135.14.1 Bladder

135.14.2 Illustrations

135.15        Acupressure/Acupuncture Theory

135.15.1 Organs

135.15.1.1               Kidneys & Bladder

135.15.2 Channels Discussion

135.15.2.1              Bladder

135.15.3 Channel

135.15.3.1              Bladder Illustration

135.15.4 Command Points

135.15.4.1              Bladder

135.16        Nutritional

135.16.1 Calcium

135.16.2 Vitamin B Complex

135.16.3 Avoid Oxalic Acid Foods

135.17        Discussion (Gray)

135.17.1 The Peronæus longus is situated at the upper part of the lateral side of the leg, and is the more superficial of the two muscles. It arises from the head and upper two-thirds of the lateral surface of the body of the fibula, from the deep surface of the fascia, and from the intermuscular septa between it and the muscles on the front and back of the leg; occasionally also by a few fibers from the lateral condyle of the tibia. Between its attachments to the head and to the body of the fibula there is a gap through which the common peroneal nerve passes to the front of the leg. It ends in a long tendon, which runs behind the lateral malleolus, in a groove common to it and the tendon of the Peronæus brevis, behind which it lies; the groove is converted into a canal by the superior peroneal retinaculum, and the tendons in it are contained in a common mucous sheath. The tendon then extends obliquely forward across the lateral side of the calcaneus, below the trochlear process, and the tendon of the Peronæus brevis, and under cover of the inferior peroneal retinaculum. It crosses the lateral side of the cuboid, and then runs on the under surface of that bone in a groove which is converted into a canal by the long plantar ligament; the tendon then crosses the sole of the foot obliquely, and is inserted into the lateral side of the base of the first metatarsal bone and the lateral side of the first cuneiform. Occasionally it sends a slip to the base of the second metatarsal bone. The tendon changes its direction at two points: first, behind the lateral malleolus; secondly, on the cuboid bone; in both of these situations the tendon is thickened, and, in the latter, a sesamoid fibrocartilage (sometimes a bone), is usually developed in its substance.

135.17.2 Discussion

135.17.2.1              http://www.bartleby.com/107/129.html

135.17.3 Illustration

135.17.3.1              http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus439.html

135.17.3.2              http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus440.html

135.18        Category

135.18.1 Foot & Toes (Lateral Peroneal Compartment)

135.19        View

135.19.1 Lateral and Plantar View

---

136              PERONEUS TERTIUS

Back Table of Contents References

136.1             Attachments

136.1.1    Origin

136.1.1.1 Distal 1/3 of the anterior surface of the fibula

136.1.1.2 Interosseous membrane

136.1.1.3 Adjacent intermuscular septum

136.1.2    Insertion

136.1.2.1 Dorsal surface of the base of the 5th metatarsal

136.2             Action

136.2.1    Dorsiflexes and everts the foot at the ankle

136.3             Nerve Supply

136.3.1    Nerve

136.3.1.1 Deep peroneal

136.3.2    Roots

136.3.2.1 L5

136.3.2.2 S1

136.4             Synergists

136.4.1    Extensor digitorum longus for dorsiflexion

136.4.2    Peroneus longus and brevis (for eversion)

136.5             Muscle Tests

136.5.1     

136.6             Trigger Points

136.6.1     

136.7             Discussion (Gray)

136.7.1    The Peronæus tertius is a part of the Extensor digitorum longus, and might be described as its fifth tendon. The fibers belonging to this tendon arise from the lower third or more of the anterior surface of the fibula; from the lower part of the interosseous membrane; and from an intermuscular septum between it and the Peronæus brevis. The tendon, after passing under the transverse and cruciate crural ligaments in the same canal as the Extensor digitorum longus, is inserted into the dorsal surface of the base of the metatarsal bone of the little toe. This muscle is sometimes wanting.    9

136.7.2      

136.7.3    Nerves.—These muscles are supplied by the fourth and fifth lumbar and first sacral nerves through the deep peroneal nerve.    10

136.7.4      

136.7.5    Actions.—The Tibialis anterior and Peronæus tertius are the direct flexors of the foot at the ankle-joint; the former muscle, when acting in conjunction with the Tibialis posterior, raises the medial border of the foot, i. e., inverts the foot; and the latter, acting with the Peronæi brevis and longus, raises the lateral border of the foot, i. e., everts the foot. The Extensor digitorum longus and Extensor hallucis longus extend the phalanges of the toes, and, continuing their action, flex the foot upon the leg. Taking their fixed points from below, in the erect posture, all these muscles serve to fix the bones of the leg in the perpendicular position, and give increased strength to the ankle-joint.

136.7.6    Discussion

136.7.6.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/129.html

136.7.7    Illustration

136.7.7.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus437.html

136.7.7.2 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus440.html

136.8             Category

136.8.1    Foot & Toes (Anterior Compartment)

136.9             View

136.9.1    Lateral View

---

137              PIRIFORMIS (1 of 6 Deep Lateral Rotators of Femur)

Back Table of Contents  

137.1             Origin

137.1.1    Anterior surface of sacrum between and lateral to anterior sacral foramina, capsule of sacroiliac articulation, margin of the greater sciatic foramen, and sacrotuberous ligament

137.2             Insertion

137.2.1    Superior border of greater trochanter of femur

137.3             Action

137.3.1    Rotates thigh laterally and abducts the flexed thigh at the hip

137.4             Nerve Supply

137.4.1    Sacral plexus, L5, S1, 2

137.5             Synergists

137.5.1    Superior and inferior gemelli, quadratus femoris, internal and external obturators

137.6             Category

137.6.1     

137.7             View

137.7.1    Posterior View

---

138              PLANTAR INTEROSSEI (FOOT)

Back Table of Contents References  

138.1             Attachments

138.1.1    Origin

138.1.1.1 There are 3 plantar Interossei arising from the bases and medial plantar surfaces of the 3rd, 4th and 5th metatarsal bones

138.1.2    Insertion

138.1.2.1 Medial sides of the bases of the proximal phalanges of the same toes and into the extensor expansion

138.2             Action

138.2.1    Adducts the 3rd, 4th and 5th toes toward the axis of the 2nd toe

138.2.2    Flex the proximal and extend the distal phalanges

138.3             Nerve Supply

138.3.1    Nerve

138.3.1.1 Lateral plantar

138.3.2    Roots

138.3.2.1 S2

138.3.2.2 S3

138.4             Synergists

138.4.1    Dorsal Interossei

138.5             Muscle Tests

138.5.1     

138.6             Trigger Points

138.6.1     

138.7             Discussion (Gray)

138.7.1    The Interossei plantares (Plantar interossei) (Fig. 447), three in number, lie beneath rather than between the metatarsal bones, and each is connected with but one metatarsal bone. They arise from the bases and medial sides of the bodies of the third, fourth, and fifth metatarsal bones, and are inserted into the medial sides of the bases of the first phalanges of the same toes, and into the aponeuroses of the tendons of the Extensor digitorum longus.    31

138.7.2    Nerves.—The Flexor digitorum brevis, the Flexor hallucis brevis, the Abductor hallucis, and the first Lumbricalis are supplied by the medial plantar nerve; all the other muscles in the sole of the foot by the lateral plantar. The first Interosseous dorsalis frequently receives an extra filament from the medial branch of the deep peroneal nerve on the dorsum of the foot, and the second Interosseous dorsalis a twig from the lateral branch of the same nerve.    32

138.7.3    Actions.—All the muscles of the foot act upon the toes, and may be grouped as abductors, adductors, flexors, or extensors. The abductors are the Interossei dorsales, the Abductor hallucis, and the Abductor digiti quinti. The Interossei dorsales are abductors from an imaginary line passing through the axis of the second toe, so that the first muscle draws the second toe medialward, toward the great toe, the second muscle draws the same toe lateralward, and the third and fourth draw the third and fourth toes in the same direction. Like the Interossei in the hand, each assists in flexing the first phalanx and extending the second and third phalanges. The Abductor hallucis abducts the great toe from the second, and also flexes its proximal phalanx. In the same way the action of the Abductor digiti quinti is twofold, as an abductor of this toe from the fourth, and also as a flexor of its proximal phalanx. The adductors are the Interossei plantares and the Adductor hallucis. The Interossei plantares adduct the third, fourth, and fifth toes toward the imaginary line passing through the second toe, and by means of their insertions into the aponeuroses of the Extensor tendons they assist in flexing the proximal phalanges and extending the middle and terminal phalanges. The oblique head of the Adductor hallucis is chiefly concerned in adducting the great toe toward the second one, but also assists in flexing this toe; the transverse head approximates all the toes and thus increases the curve of the transverse arch of the metatarsus. The flexors are the Flexor digitorum brevis, the Quadratus plantæ, the Flexor hallucis brevis, the Flexor digiti quinti brevis, and the Lumbricales. The Flexor digitorum brevis flexes the second phalanges upon the first, and, continuing its action, flexes the first phalanges also, and brings the toes together. The Quadratus plantæ assists the Flexor digitorum longus and converts the oblique pull of the tendons of that muscle into a direct backward pull upon the toes. The Flexor digiti quinti brevis flexes the little toe and draws its metatarsal bone downward and medialward. The Lumbricales, like the corresponding muscles in the hand, assist in flexing the proximal phalanges, and by their insertions into the tendons of the Extensor digitorum longus aid that muscle in straightening the middle and terminal phalanges. The Extensor digitorum brevis extends the first phalanx of the great toe and assists the long Extensor in extending the next three toes, and at the same time gives to the toes a lateral direction when they are extended.

138.7.4    Discussion

138.7.4.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/131.html

138.7.5    Illustration

138.7.5.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus447.html

138.8             Category

138.8.1    Intrinsic Foot (Plantar 4th Deep Layer)

138.9             View

138.9.1    Plantar View (4th Plantar Layer)

---

139              PLANTARIS

Back Table of Contents References   

139.1             Attachments

139.1.1    Origin

139.1.1.1 Lower part of lateral supracondylar line of femur

139.1.1.2 Oblique popliteal ligament of the knee joint

139.1.2    Insertion

139.1.2.1 The posterior part of the calcaneus medial to the Achilles tendon

139.2             Action

139.2.1    Plantar flexion (Foot=ankle)

139.2.2    Inversion (Foot=ankle) at the ankle

139.2.3    Flexes the leg at the knee

139.3             Nerve Supply

139.3.1    Nerve

139.3.1.1 Tibial nerve

139.3.2    Roots

139.3.2.1 L4

139.3.2.2 L5

139.3.2.3 S1

139.3.2.4 S2

139.4             Synergists

139.4.1    Gastrocnemius

139.4.2    Soleus

139.4.3    Tibialis posterior

139.4.4    Peroneus longus

139.4.5    Peroneus brevis

139.4.6    Flexor hallucis longus

139.4.7    Flexor digitorum longus

139.5             Muscle Tests

139.5.1     

139.6             Trigger Points

139.6.1     

139.7             Discussion (Gray)

139.7.1    The Plantaris is placed between the Gastrocnemius and Soleus. It arises from the lower part of the lateral prolongation of the linea aspera, and from the oblique popliteal ligament of the knee-joint. It forms a small fusiform belly, from 7 to 10 cm. long, ending in a long slender tendon which crosses obliquely between the two muscles of the calf, and runs along the medial border of the tendo calcaneus, to be inserted with it into the posterior part of the calcaneus. This muscle is sometimes double, and at other times wanting. Occasionally, its tendon is lost in the laciniate ligament, or in the fascia of the leg.    19

139.7.2      

139.7.3    Nerves.—The Gastrocnemius and Soleus are supplied by the first and second sacral nerves, and the Plantaris by the fourth and fifth lumbar and first sacral nerves, through the tibial nerve.    20

139.7.4      

139.7.5    Actions.—The muscles of the calf are the chief extensors of the foot at the ankle-joint. They possess considerable power, and are constantly called into use in standing, walking, dancing, and leaping; hence the large size they usually present. In walking, these muscles raise the heel from the ground; the body being thus supported on the raised foot, the opposite limb can be carried forward. In standing, the Soleus, taking its fixed point from below, steadies the leg upon the foot and prevents the body from falling forward. The Gastrocnemius, acting from below, serves to flex the femur upon the tibia, assisted by the Popliteus. The Plantaris is the rudiment of a large muscle which in some of the lower animals is continued over the calcaneus to be inserted into the plantar aponeurosis. In man it is an accessory to the Gastrocnemius, extending the ankle if the foot be free, or bending the knee if the foot be fixed.

139.7.6    Discussion

139.7.6.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/129.html

139.7.7    Illustration

139.7.7.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus438.html

139.7.7.2 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus440.html

139.8             Category

139.8.1    Foot & Toes (Posterior Superficial Compartment)

139.9             View

139.9.1    Posterior View

---

140              PLATYSMA

Back Table of Contents  

140.1             Origin

140.1.1    Broad. fascial.sheet over the .~pper parts of the pectoralis major and antenor portion of the deltbld

140.2             Insertion

140.2.1    Anterior Fibers

140.2.1.1 Interlace across the midline inferoposterior to symphysis menti

140.2.2    Intermediate Fibers

140.2.2.1 Pars mandibularis lthe lower border of the body of the mandible. Pars abialis, deep t.o depressor angu1i oris to the lateral half of the lower lip

140.2.3    Posterior Fibers

140.2.3.1 Pars modiolaris, the skin and subcutaneous tissue blending with the muscles at the modiolus near the buccal ang1e

140.3             Action

140.3.1    Anterior Fibers

140.3.1.1 Assist mandibular depression

140.3.2    Intermediate Fibers

140.3.2.1 Pars labialis depress the lower lip

140.3.3    Posterior Fibers

140.3.3.1 Pars modiolaris, depress the buccal angle

140.4             Nerve Supply

140.4.1    Cervical branch of the facial nerve (VII)

140.5             Arterial Supply

140.5.1    Submental and inferiouabial branches of the facial arteries, mental branch of the inferior alveolar artery, superior !ind inferior l~ryngeal arteries, and perforating branclies of the Internal thoracic artery

140.6             Synergists

140.6.1    Depressor anguli oris

140.7             Antagonist

140.7.1    Levator anguli oris

140.8             Category

140.8.1     

140.9             Note

140.9.1    (Denotes modiolus)

---

141              POPLITEUS

Back Table of Contents References  

141.1             Attachments

141.1.1    Origin

141.1.1.1 Lateral condyle of femur

141.1.1.2 Outer margin of lateral meniscus

141.1.1.3 Arcuate popliteal ligament and capsule of knee joint

141.1.2    Insertion

141.1.2.1 Posterior surface of tibia above Soleal line

141.2             Action

141.2.1    Rotates the tibia medially on the femur (depending on fixation)

141.2.2    Rotates the femur laterally on the tibia (depending on fixation)

141.2.3    Withdraws the meniscus during flexion

141.2.4    Provides rotatory stability to the femur on the tibia

141.2.5    Brings the knee out of the position of full extension

141.2.6    Helps with posterior stability of the knee

141.3             Nerve Supply

141.3.1    Nerve

141.3.1.1 Tibial

141.3.2    Roots

141.3.2.1 L4

141.3.2.2 L5

141.3.2.3 S1

141.4             Synergists

141.4.1     

141.5             Muscle Tests

141.5.1     

141.6             Trigger Points

141.6.1     

141.7             Discussion (Gray)

141.7.1    The Popliteus is a thin, flat, triangular muscle, which forms the lower part of the floor of the popliteal fossa. It arises by a strong tendon about 2.5 cm. long, from a depression at the anterior part of the groove on the lateral condyle of the femur, and to a small extent from the oblique popliteal ligament of the knee-joint; and is inserted into the medial two-thirds of the triangular surface above the popliteal line on the posterior surface of the body of the tibia, and into the tendinous expansion covering the surface of the muscle.    23

141.7.2      

141.7.3    Variations.—Additional head from the sesamoid bone in the outer head of the Gastrocnemius. Popliteus minor, rare, origin from femur on the inner side of the Plantaris, insertion into the posterior ligament of the knee-joint. Peroneotibialis, 14 per cent., origin inner side of the head of the fibula, insertion into the upper end of the oblique line of the tibia, it lies beneath the Popliteus.

141.7.4    Discussion

141.7.4.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/129.html

141.7.5    Illustration

141.7.5.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus439.html

141.7.5.2 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus440.html

141.8             Category

141.8.1    Foot & Toes (Posterior Deep Compartment)

141.9             View

141.9.1    Posterior View

---

142              POSTERIOR CRICOARYTENOID

Back Table of Contents  

142.1             Origin

142.1.1    Posterior surface of the cricoid lamina, the inferomedial aspect of the depression present to the side of the midline

142.2             Insertion

142.2.1    The apex of the arytenoid muscular process, just medial to the lateral cricoarytenoid's attachment

142.3             Action

142.3.1    Rotates the a~enoid cartilages laterally at the cricoarytenoid joints. The only muscle to aDduct the vocal cords. This muscle alSo tenses the vocal cords

142.4             Nerve Supply

142.4.1    Recurrent laryngeal branch of the vagus nerve (X)

142.5             Arterial Supply

142.5.1    SuRerior laryngeal branch of the suRerior thyro!d artery and the iliferior laryngeal branch of the inferior thyrOId artery

142.6             Synergists

142.6.1    For glottis deviation

142.6.1.1 None

142.6.2    For regulating tension of vocal folds

142.6.2.1 Cricothyroid

142.7             Antagonists

142.7.1    For glottic deviation

142.7.1.1 Lateral cricoarytenoids, oblique and transverse arytenoids

142.7.2    For regulating tension in vocal folds

142.7.2.1 Thyroarytenoids and vocalis

142.8             Category

142.8.1     

---

143              PROCERUS

Back Table of Contents  

143.1             Origin

143.1.1    The facial aponeurosis covering the lower part of the nasal bone and lateral nasaf cartilage

143.2             Insertion

143.2.1    Superficial fascia between the eyebrows and continuous with frontalis

143.3             Action

143.3.1    Depresses the medial end of the eyebrow

143.4             Nerve Supply

143.4.1    Superior buccal branches of the facial nerve (VII)

143.5             Arterial Supply

143.5.1    Supratrochlear, supraorbital and dorsal nasal branches of the ophthalmic artery

143.6             Synergists

143.6.1    Corrugator supercilii and orbicularis oculi

143.7             Antagonist

143.7.1    Frontalis

143.8             Category

143.8.1     

---

144              PRONATOR QUADRATUS

Back Table of Contents  

144.1             Origin

144.1.1    Distal 1/4 of the anterior surface of the ulna

144.2             Insertion

144.2.1    Distal 1/4 of the anterior surface of the radius. ACTION: Pronates the forearm

144.3             Action

144.3.1     

144.4             Nerve Supply

144.4.1    Anterior interosseous branch of median nerve, C8, T1

144.5             Synergists

144.5.1    Pronator teres

144.6             Category

144.6.1     

144.7             View

144.7.1    Anterior View

---

145              PRONATOR TERES

Back Table of Contents  

145.1             Origin

145.1.1    Humeral head

145.1.1.1 Common flexor tendon from medial epicon- dyle of humerus and common flexor tendon

145.1.2    Ulnar head

145.1.2.1 Medial side of coronoid process of ulna

145.2             Insertion

145.2.1    Middle 1/3 of lateral surface of radius

145.3             Action

145.3.1    Pronation of forearm and flexion of forearm at the elbow

145.4             Nerve Supply

145.4.1    Median, C6, 7

145.5             Synergists

145.5.1    Pronator quadratus

145.6             Category

145.6.1     

145.7             View

145.7.1    Anterior View

---

146              PSOAS MAJOR

Back Table of Contents  

146.1             Origin

146.1.1    Anterior surfaces of transverse processes. Lateral borders of vertebral bodies and corresponding intervertebral discs of T12 - L5

146.2             Insertion

146.2.1    Lesser trochanter of femur and for short distance below along medial border of the shaft

146.3             Action

146.3.1    Flexion of the thigh at the hip. Minimal action in lateral rotation of the thigh

146.3.2    REVERSED ORIGIN-INSERTION ACTION

146.3.2.1 When the thigh is fixed, the psoas muscle pulls on the vertebrae and flexes the spine and pelvis on the thigh (sit up)

146.4             Nerve Supply

146.4.1    Lumbar plexus, L1, 2, 3

146.5             Synergists

146.5.1    Iliacus, adductor brevis, adductor longus, adductor magnus, rectus femoris

146.6             Category

146.6.1     

146.7             View

146.7.1    Anterior View

---

147              PSOAS MINOR

Back Table of Contents  

147.1             Origin

147.1.1     

147.2             Insertion

147.2.1     

147.3             Action

147.3.1     

147.4             Nerve Supply

147.4.1     

147.5             Synergists

147.5.1     

147.6             Category

147.6.1     

 

---

 

 

148              PYRAMIDALIS

Back Table of Contents  

148.1             Origin

148.1.1    Anterior aspect of the symphysis pubis and pubic bone

148.2             Insertion

148.2.1    Linea alba, midway between the umbilicus and pubis

148.3             Action

148.3.1    Compresses the abdomen, supports abdominal viscera, tenses the linea alba and is active in forced expiration

148.4             Nerve Supply

148.4.1    Subcostal nerve, T12

148.5             Synergists

148.5.1    Rectus abdominis, external abdominal oblique, internal abdominal oblique, transversus abdominis

148.6             Category

148.6.1     

148.7             View

148.7.1    Anterior View

---

149              QUADRATUS FEMORIS (1 of 6 Deep Lateral Rotators of the Femur)

Back Table of Contents  

149.1             Origin

149.1.1    Superior aspect of the lateral border of the ischial tuberosity

149.2             Insertion

149.2.1    Superior aspect of the quadrate line which extends downward from the intertrochanteric crest of the femur

149.3             Action

149.3.1    Lateral rotation of the femur at the hip

149.4             Nerve Supply

149.4.1    Sacral plexus, L4, 5, S1

149.5             Synergists

149.5.1    Piriformis, obturator externus, obturator internus, superior and inferior gemelli

149.6             Category

149.6.1     

149.7             View

149.7.1     Posterior View

---

150              QUADRATUS LUMBORUM

Back Table of Contents  

150.1             Origin

150.1.1    Iliolumbar ligament, posterior part of the iliac crest

150.2             Insertion

150.2.1    Inferior border of the 12th rib and transverse proces- ses of the upper 4 lumbar vertebrae

150.3             Action

150.3.1    Lateral flexion of lumbar vertebral column; helps action of the diaphragm in inspiration

150.4             Nerve Supply

150.4.1    Lumbar plexus, T12, L1, 2, 3

150.5             Synergists

150.5.1    Internal and external abdominal obliques, iliocos- talis lumborum, longissimus thoracis and psoas major

150.6             Category

150.6.1     

150.7             View

150.7.1    Posterior View

---

151              QUADRATUS PLANTAE

Back Table of Contents References  

151.1             Word Derivation and Pronunciation

151.2          Pronunciation

151.2.1.1 QUADRATUS PLANTAE

151.2.1.1.1         None

151.2.1.2 Pronunciation Key

151.2.2    Etymology

151.2.2.1 Quad=Four

151.2.2.2 Planta=Sole of foot

151.3             Attachments

151.3.1    Origin

151.3.1.1 Two heads from the medial and lateral sides of the inferior surface of the calcaneus

151.3.1.2 Medial Head

151.3.1.2.1            Medial surface of calcaneus
151.3.1.2.2            Medial border of long plantar ligament

151.3.1.3 Lateral Head

151.3.1.3.1            Lateral border of plantar surface of calcaneus
151.3.1.3.2            Lateral border of long plantar ligament

151.3.2    Insertion

151.3.2.1 Lateral border and dorsal and plantar surfaces of the tendon of the flexor digitorum longus

151.4             Joints

151.5                Metatarsal/Tarsal

151.6             Action

151.6.1    Flexes the 2nd -5th toes

151.6.2    Modifies the line of pull of the flexor digitorum longus tendon

151.7             Nerve Supply

151.7.1    Nerve

151.7.1.1 Tibial

151.7.1.2 Lateral plantar

151.7.2    Roots

151.7.2.1 S1

151.7.2.2 S2

151.7.2.3 S3

151.8             Synergists

151.8.1    Flexor Digitorum Longus

151.8.2    Flexor Digitorum Brevis

151.9             Muscle Tests

151.9.1    FLEXOR DIGITORUM LONGUS & QUADRATUS PLANTAE

151.10        Trigger Points

151.10.1 QUADRATUS PLANTAE

151.11               Organ Reflexes

151.11.1 None

151.11.2 Illustrations

151.12        Acupressure/Acupuncture Theory

151.12.1 None

151.13        Nutritional

151.13.1 None

151.14        Discussion (Gray)

151.14.1 The Quadratus plantæ (Flexor accessorius) is separated from the muscles of the first layer by the lateral plantar vessels and nerve. It arises by two heads, which are separated from each other by the long plantar ligament: the medial or larger head is muscular, and is attached to the medial concave surface of the calcaneus, below the groove which lodges the tendon of the Flexor hallucis longus; the lateral head, flat and tendinous, arises from the lateral border of the inferior surface of the calcaneus, in front of the lateral process of its tuberosity, and from the long plantar ligament. The two portions join at an acute angle, and end in a flattened band which is inserted into the lateral margin and upper and under surfaces of the tendon of the Flexor digitorum longus, forming a kind of groove, in which the tendon is lodged. It usually sends slips to those tendons of the Flexor digitorum longus which pass to the second, third, and fourth toes.    19

151.14.2 Variations.—Lateral head often wanting; entire muscle absent. Variation in the number of digital tendons to which fibers can be traced. Most frequent offsets are sent to the second, third and fourth toes; in many cases to the fifth as well; occasionally to two toes only.

151.14.3 Discussion

151.14.3.1              http://www.bartleby.com/107/131.html

151.14.4 Illustration

151.14.4.1              http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus444.html

151.15        Category

151.15.1 Intrinsic Foot (Plantar 2nd Layer)

151.16        View

151.16.1 Plantar View (2nd Plantar Layer)

---

152              RECTUS ABDOMINIS (4 Divisions as 1)

Back Table of Contents  

152.1             Origin

152.1.1    The pubic crest and the symphysis pubis

152.2             Insertion

152.2.1    The costal cartilages of the Sth, 6th and 7th ribs and the side of the xiphoid process

152.3             Action

152.3.1    Flexion and lateral flexion of the trunk. In standing position, supports organs anteriorly, gives anterior support to lum- bar spine. With aid of gluteus maximus and hamstrings keeps pelvis from going into anterior tilt, decreasing lumbar lordosis

152.4             Nerve Supply

152.4.1    Ventral rami of TS -12. The various levels of the rectus abdominis, superior, inferior as well as those between in- scriptions receive nerve supply from different levels. Therefore act independently as they influence each other

152.5             Synergists

152.5.1    Internal and external oblique abdominals, pyramidalis

152.6             Category

152.6.1     

152.7             View

152.7.1    Anterior View

---

153              RECTUS CAPITIS ANTERIOR

Back Table of Contents  

153.1             Origin

153.1.1    Anterior surface of the lateral mass of the atlas and the root of its transverse process

153.2             Insertion

153.2.1    The inferior surface of the basilar part of the occipital bone anterior to the occipital condyle

153.3             Action

153.3.1    Aids in flexion of the head at the neck

153.4             Nerve Supply

153.4.1    Ventral rami of C1, 2

153.5             Synergists

153.5.1    Sternocleidomastoid, longus calli, longus capitis

153.6             Category

153.6.1     

153.7             View

153.7.1    Anterlor View

---

154              RECTUS CAPITIS LATERALIS

Back Table of Contents  

154.1             Origin

154.1.1    Superior surface of the transverse processes of the atlas

154.2             Insertion

154.2.1    Inferior surface of the jugular process of the occipital bone

154.3             Action

154.3.1    Aids in lateral flexion of the head on the neck

154.4             Nerve Supply

154.4.1    Ventral rami of C1, 2

154.5             Synergists

154.5.1    : Longus capitis, longissimus capitis, semispinalis capitis

154.6             Category

154.7             View

154.7.1    Anterior View

---

155              RECTUS CAPITIS POSTERIOR MAJOR

Back Table of Contents  

155.1             Origin

155.1.1    From the spinous process of the axis

155.2             Insertion

155.2.1    The lateral part of the inferior nuchal line of the occipital bone and the surface of the bone immediately inferior to the line

155.3             Action

155.3.1    Extends the head and rotates it to the same side

155.4             Nerve Supply

155.4.1    Suboccipital nerve, dorsal ramus of C1

155.5             Synergists

155.5.1    Rectus capitis posterior minor, obliquus capitis superior, longissimus capitis, semispinalis capitis

155.6             Category

155.6.1     

155.7             View

155.7.1    Posterior View

---

156              RECTUS CAPITIS POSTERIOR MINOR

Back Table of Contents  

156.1             Origin

156.1.1    The tubercle on the posterior arch of the atlas

156.2             Insertion

156.2.1    The medial part of the inferior nuchal line of the occipital bone and the surface between it and the foramen mag- num

156.3             Action

156.3.1    Extends the head at the neck

156.4             Nerve Supply

156.4.1    Suboccipital nerve, dorsal ramus C1

156.5             Synergists

156.5.1    Rectus capitis posterior major, obliquus capitis superior, longissimus capitis, semispinalis capitis

156.6             Category

156.6.1     

156.7             View

156.7.1    Posterior View

---

157              RECTUS FEMORIS (Quadriceps Femoris) (1 of 4 Quadriceps)

Back Table of Contents  

157.1             Origin

157.1.1    STRAIGHT HEAD

157.1.1.1              Anterior inferior iliac spine

157.1.2    REFLECTED HEAD

157.1.2.1              Groove on upper brim of acetabulum

157.2             Insertion

157.2.1    Upper border of patella and through the patellar ligament into tibial tuberosity

157.3             Action

157.3.1    Extension of leg at the knee

157.3.2    Flexion of thigh at the hip

157.3.3    REVERSED ORIGIN-INSERTION ACTION

157.3.3.1 Flexes the pelvis on the femur and gives anterior stabilization to the pelvis

157.4             Nerve Supply

157.4.1    Femoral, L2, 3, 4

157.5             Synergists

157.5.1    Psoas, sartorius, tensor fasciae latae, vasti lateralis, medialis and intermedius

157.6             Category

157.6.1     

157.7             View

157.7.1    Anterior View

---

158              RHOMBOID MAJOR

Back Table of Contents  

158.1             Origin

158.1.1    Spinous processes of 2nd -5th thoracic vertebrae

158.2             Insertion

158.2.1    Medial border of scapula from spine to inferior angle

158.3             Action

158.3.1    Retracts and elevates the scapula

158.3.2    The inferior fibers aid in rotating the glenoid cavity inferiorly

158.4             Nerve Supply

158.4.1    Dorsal scapular, C4, 5

158.5             Synergists

158.5.1    Upper, middle and lower trapezius, levator scapulae, latissimus dorsi, rhomboid minor

158.6             Category

158.6.1     

158.7             View

158.7.1    Posterior View

---

159              RHOMBOID MINOR

Back Table of Contents  

159.1             Origin

159.1.1    Lower part of ligamentum nuchae, spinous processes of C7 and T1

159.2             Insertion

159.2.1    Medial border of scapula at the root of the spine of the scapula

159.3             Action

159.3.1    Retracts and elevates the scapula. Assists in rotating the scapula downwards

159.4             Nerve Supply

159.4.1    Dorsal scapular, C4, 5

159.5             Synergists

159.5.1    Upper, middle and lower trapezius, levator scapulae, latissimus dorsi and rhomboid major

159.6             Category

159.6.1     

159.7             View

159.7.1    Posterior View

---

160              RISORIUS

Back Table of Contents  

160.1             Origin

160.1.1    Parotid fascia over the masseter muscle

160.1.2    (Note: There are numerous variations)

160.2             Insertion

160.2.1    The angle of the mouth

160.3             Action

160.3.1    Retracts the angle of mouth

160.4             Nerve Supply

160.4.1    Inferior buccal branch of the facial nerve (VII)

160.5             Arterial Supply

160.5.1    Branches from the facial and transverse facial arteries

160.6             Synergists

160.6.1    Zygomaticus major and buccinator

160.7             Antagonist

160.7.1    Orbicularis oris

160.8             Category

160.8.1     

---

161              ROTATORES BREVIS

Back Table of Contents  

161.1             Origin

161.1.1    A series of pairs of small muscles extending from the sacrum to the axis

161.1.2    Transverse processes of the vertebrae

161.2             Insertion

161.2.1    Bases of the spinous processes (lamina) of the 1st vertebra above

161.3             Action

161.3.1    Acting unilaterally, rotation of the spine to the opposite side. Acting bilaterally, extension of the spine

161.4             Nerve Supply

161.4.1    Dorsal rami of the spinal nerves

161.5             Synergists

161.5.1    Intertransversarii, interspinales, multifidus and rotatores longus

161.6             Category

161.6.1     

161.7              

161.7.1     Posterior View

---

162              ROTATORES LONGUS

Back Table of Contents  

162.1             Origin

162.1.1    A series of pairs of small muscles extending from the sacrum to the axis

162.1.2    Transverse processes of the vertebrae

162.2             Insertion

162.2.1    Bases of the spinous processes (lamina) of the 2nd vertebra above

162.3             Action

162.3.1    Acting unilaterally, rotation of the spine to the opposite side. Acting bilaterally, extension of the spine

162.4             Nerve Supply

162.4.1    Dorsal rami of the spinal nerves

162.5             Synergists

162.5.1    Intertransversarii, interspinales, multifidus and rotatores brevis

162.6             Category

162.6.1     

162.7             View

162.7.1    Posterior View

---

163              SALPINGOPHARYNGEUS

Back Table of Contents  

163.1             Origin

163.1.1    Inferior part of the cartilaF.e of the auditory tube (torus tubarius) near the tube's phafYngearopening

163.2             Insertion

163.2.1    Blends with palatopharyngeus

163.3             Action

163.3.1    Elevation of the upper lateral pharyngeal wall

163.4             Nerve Supply

163.4.1    Pharyngeal branch of the va~s (X), with the skeletomotor branches from the cranial parts of tb:e spinal accessory nerve that pass through the pliaryngeal plexus

163.5             Arterial Supply

163.5.1    Greater palatine branch of the maxillary artery; the ascending palatine and tonsillar branches of the facial artery; a variable ramus from the ascending pharyngeal artery

163.6             Synergists

163.6.1    Palatopharyngeus and stylopharyngeus

163.7             Antagonists

163.7.1    Infrahyoid muscles lower pharynx during late stages of swalloWIng

163.8             Category

163.8.1     

163.9             View

163.9.1     The palatopharyngeus muscle has also been illustrated

---

164              SARTORIUS

Back Table of Contents  

164.1             Origin

164.1.1    Anterior superior iliac spine and upper half of the notch below it

164.2             Insertion

164.2.1    Anterior and medial surface of the shaft of the tibia just below the condyle

164.3             Action

164.3.1    Flexes, laterally rotates and abducts the thigh. Flexes and assists in medial rotation of the leg

164.3.2    Reversed origin-insertion action

164.3.2.1 When femur and knee are fixed, flexes the pelvis on the hip and gives anterior stabilization to the pelvis

164.4             Nerve Supply

164.4.1    Femoral, L2, 3

164.5             Synergists

164.5.1    Biceps femoris, semitendinous, semi- membranosus, gracilis

164.6             Category

164.6.1     

164.7             VIew

164.7.1    Anterior View

---

165              SCALENUS ANTERIOR

Back Table of Contents  

165.1             Origin

165.1.1    Scalene tubercle and ridgeon superior surface of the 1 st rib

165.2             Insertion

165.2.1    Anterior tubercles of the transverse processes of the 3rd -6th cervicle vertebrae

165.3             Action

165.3.1    Acting unilaterally, flexes and rotates cervical spine to the opposite side. When acting bilaterally, flexes the neck and raises the 1st rib

165.4             Nerve Supply

165.4.1    Ventral rami, C4,5,6

165.5             Synergists

165.5.1    Sternocleidomastoid, scalenus medius and scalenus posterior, longus capitis, longus colli, suprahyoid, infrahyoid and the platysma

165.6             Category

165.6.1     

165.7             View

165.7.1     Anterior View

---

166              SCALENUS MEDIUS

Back Table of Contents  

166.1             Origin

166.1.1    Superior surface of the 1 st rib behind subclavian groove

166.2             Insertion

166.2.1    Posterior tubercles of the transverse processes of 2nd -7th cervical vertebrae

166.3             Action

166.3.1    Acting unilaterally, laterally flexes and rotates cervical spine to the opposite side. When acting bilaterally, flexes the neck and raises the 1 sI rib

166.4             Nerve Supply

166.4.1    Ventral rami of C3 -8

166.5             Synergists

166.5.1    Sternocleidomastoid, scalenus anterior and scalenus posterior, longus capitis, longus colli, suprahyoid, infrahyoid and the platysma

166.6             Category

166.6.1     

166.7             VIew

166.7.1    Anterior View

---

167              SCALENUS POSTERIOR

Back Table of Contents  

167.1             Origin

167.1.1    Outer surface of 2nd rib behind attachment of serratus anterior

167.2             Insertion

167.2.1    Posterior tubercles of transverse processes of 4th, 5th and 6th cervical vertebrae

167.3             Action

167.3.1    Acting unilaterally, laterally flexes and rotates cervical spine to the opposite side. When acting bilaterally, flexes the neck and raises the 2nd rib

167.4             Nerve Supply

167.4.1    Ventral rami, C6,7,8

167.5             Synergists

167.5.1    Scalenus medius, scalenus anterior, sternocleidomastoid, longus capitis, longus colli, suprahyoid, infrahyoid and the platysma

167.6             Category

167.6.1     

167.7             VIew

167.7.1    Anterior View

---

168              SEMIMEMBRANOSUS (Medial Hamstring)

Back Table of Contents  

168.1             Origin

168.1.1    Upper and lateral aspect of ischial tuberosity

168.2             Insertion

168.2.1    Posterior surface of medial condyle of the tibia

168.3             Action

168.3.1    Flexes and medially rotates the leg at the knee. Extends, adducts and medially rotates the thigh at the hip

168.3.2    Reversed origin-insertion action

168.3.2.1 When the thigh is fixed, gives posterior stability to the pelvis and extends the pelvis on the hip

168.4             Nerve Supply

168.4.1    Sciatic (tibial portion), L5, S1, 2

168.5             Synergists

168.5.1    Semitendinosus, biceps femoris, gastrocnemius, gracilis, sartorius

168.6             Category

168.6.1     

168.7             View

168.7.1    Posterior View

---

169              SEMISPINALIS CAPITIS

Back Table of Contents  

169.1             Origin

169.1.1    7th cervical and 1st -6th thoracic transverse processes and articular processes of 4th, Sth and 6th cervical vertebrae

169.2             Insertion

169.2.1    Between superior and inferior nuchal lines of the occipital bone

169.3             Action

169.3.1    Extension and lateral flexion of the neck and head, and rotation to the opposite side

169.4             Nerve Supply

169.4.1    Dorsal rami of the cervical nerves

169.5             Synergists

169.5.1    Splenius group, semispinalis cervicis

169.6             Category

169.6.1     

169.7             View

169.7.1    Posterior View

---

170              SEMISPINALIS CERVICIS

Back Table of Contents  

170.1             Origin

170.1.1    Transverse processes of the 1st -6th thoracic vertebrae

170.2             Insertion

170.2.1    Spinous processes of 2nd -5th cervical vertebrae

170.3             Action

170.3.1    Acting bilaterally, extension of the cervical spine

170.3.2    Acting unilaterally, lateral flexion of the neck and head and rotation ot the opposite side

170.4             Nerve Supply

170.4.1    Dorsal rami of the cervical nerves

170.5             Synergists

170.5.1    Semispinalis capitis, splenius cervicis, iliocostalis cervicis, longissimus capitis, longissimus cervicis

170.6             Category

170.6.1     

170.7             View

170.7.1    Posterior View

---

171              SEMISPINALIS THORACIS

Back Table of Contents  

171.1             Origin

171.1.1    The transverse processes of the 6th -1Oth thoracic ver- tebrae

171.2             Insertion

171.2.1    The spinous processes of the 1st -4th thoracic and the 6th and 7th cervical vertebrae

171.3             Action

171.3.1    Extends the spine and rotates it towards the opposite side

171.4             Nerve Supply

171.4.1    Dorsal rami of the thoracic nerves, T1 -6

171.5             Synergists

171.5.1    Longissimus thoracis, iliocostalis thoracis, spinalis thoracis

171.6             Category

171.6.1     

171.7             View

171.7.1    Posterior View

---

172              SEMITENDINOSUS (Medial Hamstring)

Back Table of Contents  

172.1             Origin

172.1.1    : Ischial tuberosity with tendon of the long head of the biceps femoris

172.2             Insertion

172.2.1    Anterior and medial surface of the shaft of the tibia just below the condyle

172.3             Action

172.3.1    Flexes and medially rotates the leg at the knee. Extends, adducts and medially rotates the thigh at the hip

172.3.2    Reversed origin-insertion action

172.3.2.1 When thigh is fixed, assists posterior stability of the pelvis and extends the pelvis on the hip

172.4             Nerve Supply

172.4.1    Sciatic (tibial portion), L5, 51, 2

172.5             Synergists

172.5.1    Semimembranosus, biceps femoris, gastroc- nemius, gracilis, sartorius

172.6             Category

172.6.1     

172.7             View

172.7.1    Posterior View

---

173              SERRATUS ANTERIOR

Back Table of Contents  

173.1             Origin

173.1.1    Superior lateral surfaces of upper 8 or 9 ribs at the side of the chest

173.2             Insertion

173.2.1    Costal surface of the vertebral border along the inferior angle of scapula

173.3             Action

173.3.1    Protracts scapula and rotates it upwards to point the glenoid cavity superiorly. Stabilizes vertebral border of scapula to thoracic cage, along with rhomboids and middle trapezius

173.4             Nerve Supply

173.4.1    Long thoracic, C5, 6, 7. SYNERGIST: Pectoralis minor

173.5             Synergists

173.5.1     

173.6             Category

173.7             View

173.7.1     Lateral View

173.7.2     The scapula is pulled back off the rib cage to view the anterior surface of the scapula

---

174              SERRATUS POSTERIOR INFERIOR

Back Table of Contents  

174.1             Origin

174.1.1    Spinous processes of 11 th and 12th thoracic and 1 st, 2nd and 3rd lumbar vertebrae, and the thoracolumbar fascia

174.2             Insertion

174.2.1    Inferior borders of lower 4 ribs just beyond their angles

174.3             Action

174.3.1    Counteracts the pull of the diaphragm by drawing the ribs posterior and inferior, aids in respiration

174.4             Nerve Supply

174.4.1    Ventral rami of T9 -12. SYNERGISTS: Internal intercostals

174.5             Synergists

174.5.1     

174.6             Category

174.6.1     

174.7             View

174.7.1     Posterior View

---

175              SERRATUS POSTERIOR SUPERIOR

Back Table of Contents  

175.1             Origin

175.1.1    Lower portion of ligamentum nuchae and spinous processes of the 7th cervical and 1st, 2nd and 3rd thoracic ver- tebrae

175.2             Insertion

175.2.1    Superior borders of 2nd -5th ribs distal to the angles

175.3             Action

175.3.1    Elevates the ribs and is a muscle of inspiration

175.4             Nerve Supply

175.4.1    Ventral rami of T2 -5

175.5             Synergists

175.5.1    Levatores costarum breves, scalenus posterior

175.6             Category

175.6.1     

175.7             View

175.7.1    Posterior View

---

176              SOLEUS

Back Table of Contents References 

176.1             Attachments

176.1.1    Origin

176.1.1.1 Posterior surface of the head and upper 1/3 of the shaft of the fibula

176.1.1.2 Soleal line and middle 1/3 of the medial border of the tibia

176.1.1.3 Tendinous arch between tibia and fibula

176.1.2    Insertion

176.1.2.1 Into calcaneus with gastrocnemius by way of the Achilles tendon

176.2             Action

176.2.1    Plantar flexion and inversion of the foot at the ankle

176.2.2    Reversed origin-insertion action

176.2.2.1 When standing, the calcaneus becomes the fixed origin of the muscle. The soleus muscle stabilizes the tibia on the calcaneus limiting forward sway

176.2.3     

176.3             Nerve Supply

176.3.1    Nerve

176.3.1.1 Tibial

176.3.2    Roots

176.3.2.1 L5

176.3.2.2 S1

176.3.2.3 S2

176.4             Synergists

176.4.1    Gastrocnemius

176.4.2    Plantaris

176.4.3    Tibialis Posterior

176.4.4    Peroneus Longus and Brevis

176.4.5    Flexor Hallucis Longus

176.4.6    Flexor Digitorum Longus

176.5             Muscle Tests

176.5.1     

176.6             Trigger Points

176.6.1    SOLEUS

176.7             Discussion (Gray)

176.7.1    The Soleus is a broad flat muscle situated immediately in front of the Gastrocnemius. It arises by tendinous fibers from the back of the head of the fibula, and from the upper third of the posterior surface of the body of the bone; from the popliteal line, and the middle third of the medial border of the tibia; some fibers also arise from a tendinous arch placed between the tibial and fibular origins of the muscle, in front of which the popliteal vessels and tibial nerve run. The fibers end in an aponeurosis which covers the posterior surface of the muscle, and, gradually becoming thicker and narrower, joins with the tendon of the Gastrocnemius, and forms with it the tendo calcaneus.    15

176.7.2      

176.7.3    Variations.—Accessory head to its lower and inner part usually ending in the tendocalcaneus, or the calcaneus, or the laciniate ligament.    16

176.7.4      The Gastrocnemius and Soleus together form a muscular mass which is occasionally described as the Triceps suræ; its tendon of insertion is the tendo calcaneus.    17

176.7.5      

176.7.6    Tendo Calcaneus (tendo Achillis).—The tendo calcaneus, the common tendon of the Gastrocnemius and Soleus, is the thickest and strongest in the body. It is about 15 cm. long, and begins near the middle of the leg, but receives fleshy fibers on its anterior surface, almost to its lower end. Gradually becoming contracted below, it is inserted into the middle part of the posterior surface of the calcaneus, a bursa being interposed between the tendon and the upper part of this surface. The tendon spreads out somewhat at its lower end, so that its narrowest part is about 4 cm. above its insertion. It is covered by the fascia and the integument, and is separated from the deep muscles and vessels by a considerable interval filled up with areolar 

176.7.7    Discussion

176.7.7.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/129.html

176.7.8    Illustration

176.7.8.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus438.html

176.7.8.2 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus440.html

176.8             Category

176.8.1    Foot & Toes (Posterior Superficial Compartment)

176.9             View

176.9.1    Posterior View

176.9.1.1 Posterior View (SOLEUS)

---

177              SPHINCTER PUPILLAE

Back Table of Contents  

177.1             Origin/Insertion

177.1.1    From collagenous connective tissue at the pupillary end 0( the dilator muscle passing circumferentially around the pupiL

177.2             Action

177.2.1    Constriction of the pupil to adjust to near vision by increasing the depth of focus and/ or to increased light

177.3             Nerve Supply

177.3.1    Para~pathetic fibers through the oculomotor nerve (III) from the Edmger-Westphal nucleus

177.4             Arterial Supply

177.4.1    Long posterior and anterior ciliary rami from the ophthalmic and lacrimal branches of the internal carotid artery

177.5             Synergists

177.5.1    None

177.6             Antagonist

177.6.1    Dilator pupillae

177.7             Category

177.7.1     

177.8             View

177.8.1    The lower s are enlarged horizontal sections

---

178              SPINALIS CAPITIS

Back Table of Contents  

178.1             Origin

178.1.1     

178.2             Insertion

178.2.1     

178.3             Action

178.3.1     

178.4             Nerve Supply

178.4.1     

178.5             Synergists

178.5.1     

178.6             Category

178.6.1     

 

---

 

 

 

179              SPINALIS CERVICIS

Back Table of Contents  

179.1             Origin

179.1.1    The lower portion of the ligamentum nuchae, spinous processes of the 7th cervical and sometimes the 1st and 2nd thoracic vertebrae

179.2             Insertion

179.2.1    The spinous process of the axis and sometimes the 3rd and 4th cervical spinous processes

179.3             Action

179.3.1    Acting unilaterally, lateral flexion of the spine. Acting bilaterally, extension of the spine

179.4             Nerve Supply

179.4.1    Dorsal rami of the spinal nerves

179.5             Synergists

179.5.1    Longissimus cervicis, semispinalis cervicis, splenius cervicis, iliocostalis cervicis

179.6             Category

179.6.1     

179.7             View

179.7.1    Posterior View

---

180              SPINALIS THORACIS

Back Table of Contents  

180.1             Origin

180.1.1    The spinous processes of the 1st and 2nd lumbar ver- tebrae, the thoracic vertebrae 11 and 12

180.2             Insertion

180.2.1    The spinous processes of the upper thoracic ver- tebrae varying from 4 -8

180.3             Action

180.3.1    Acting unilaterally, lateral flexion of the spine. Acting bilaterally, extension of the spine

180.4             Nerve Supply

180.4.1    Dorsal rami of the spinal nerves

180.5             Synergists

180.5.1    Semispinalis thoracis, longissimus thoracis, iliocostalis thoracis, iliocostalis lumborum, longissimus thoracis, quadratus lumborum

180.6             Category

180.6.1     

180.7             VIew

180.7.1    Posterior View

---

181              SPINCTER ANI EXTERNUS

Back Table of Contents  

181.1             Origin

181.1.1     

181.2             Insertion

181.2.1     

181.3             Action

181.3.1     

181.4             Nerve Supply

181.4.1     

181.5             Synergists

181.5.1     

181.6             Category

181.6.1     

 

---

 

 

182              SPLENIUS CAPITIS

Back Table of Contents  

182.1             Origin

182.1.1    Spinous processes of C7- T3, inferior half of ligamentum nuchae

182.2             Insertion

182.2.1    Mastoid process and lateral third of the superior nuchal line

182.3             Action

182.3.1    Acting bilaterally, extends the head and neck. Acting unilaterally, laterally flexes and rotates head and neck to the same side

182.4             Nerve Supply

182.4.1    Dorsal rami of the middle cervical spinal nerves

182.5             Synergists

182.5.1    Splenius cervicis, semispinalis capitis, semi- spinalis cervicis, superior portion of the trapezius

182.6             Category

182.6.1     

Posterior View

---

183              SPLENIUS CERVICIS

Back Table of Contents  

183.1             Origin

183.1.1    Spinous processes of 3rd -6th thoracic vertebrae

183.2             Insertion

183.2.1    1st, 2nd, 3rd and sometimes the 4th cervical ver- tebrae transverse processes on the posterior aspect

183.3             Action

183.3.1    Acting bilaterally, extends the head and neck. Acting unilaterally, laterally flexes and rotates the neck to the same side

183.4             Nerve Supply

183.4.1    Dorsal rami of the lower cervical spinal nerves

183.5             Synergists

183.5.1    Splenius capitis, semispinalis capitis, semispinalis cervicis, superior portion of trapezius, for extension and lateral flexion

183.6             Category

183.6.1     

183.7             View

183.7.1    Posterior View

---

184              STAPEDIUS

Back Table of Contents  

184.1             Origin

184.1.1    From the. poster!or wall of the tympanic cavity, a conical caVIty In the pyramidal emInence

184.2             Insertion

184.2.1    The posterior surface on the neck of the stapes

184.3             Action

184.3.1    Pulls the head of the stapes posteriorly, fiXing the ossicular c~ai.n (malleus. incus and stapes) and, ~hereby, reducing the tranSm1SSlOn of sound energy through the middle ear

184.4             Nerve Supply

184.4.1    Stapedial branch of the facial nerve (VII)

184.5             Arterial Supply

184.5.1    Stylomastoid branch of the occipital or posterior auricular artenes. Other arteries of the tympanic cavity; superior tympanic branch of the middle meningeal arle!y, the anlerior: tympanic branch of th~ maxillary artery, the inferior tymp~mc branc\t of the ascend1f!g pharyngeal.artery and the carot1COtympamc branch of the Internal carot1d artery

184.6             Synergists

184.6.1    The te!lsor tympani and stapedius act together to tense the ossicular cham

184.7             Antagonist

184.7.1    None

184.8             Category

184.8.1     

---

185              STERNALIS

Back Table of Contents  

185.1             Origin

185.1.1     

185.2             Insertion

185.2.1     

185.3             Action

185.3.1     

185.4             Nerve Supply

185.4.1     

185.5             Synergists

185.5.1     

185.6             Category

185.6.1     

 

---

 

 

186              STERNOCLEIDOMASTOID

Back Table of Contents  

186.1             Origin

186.1.1    Sternal Head

186.1.1.1 Anterior surface of the manubrium

186.1.2    Clavicular Head

186.1.2.1 Superior surface of the medial 1/3 of the clavicle

186.2             Insertion

186.2.1    Lateral surface of the mastoid process of the tem- poral bone and lateral half of the superior nuchal line of the occipital bone

186.3             Action

186.3.1    Acting unilaterally, draws the head toward the ipsilateral shoulder and rotates the head to the opposite side. Acting bilateral- ly, flexes the head

186.4             Nerve Supply

186.4.1    Ventral rami of C2, 3. Spinal portion of the accessory nerve (cranial X1)

186.5             Synergists

186.5.1    Scalene group

186.6             Category

186.6.1     

186.7             View

186.7.1    Anterior View

---

187              STERNOHYOID (INFRAHYOID)

Back Table of Contents  

187.1             Origin

187.1.1    The posterior aspect of the clavicle and the upper posterior aspect of the manubrium sterni

187.2             Insertion

187.2.1    Inferior border of the hyoid body

187.3             Action

187.3.1    Hyoid depression

187.4             Nerve Supply

187.4.1    Ansa cervicalis (Cl, C2, C3)

187.5             Arterial Supply

187.5.1    Muscular branches from the superior and inferior thyroid arteries

187.6             Synergists

187.6.1    Other infrahyoid muscles (thyrohyoid, omohyoid and sternothyroid)

187.7             Antagonists

187.7.1    Supra~yoid muscles (e.g., stylohyoid, digastric, gemohyold and mylollyolCl)

187.8             Category

187.8.1     

---

188              STERNOTHYROID (INFRAHYOID)

Back Table of Contents  

188.1             Origin

188.1.1    The posterior manubrial surface inferior to the ste~ohyoid orIgin, and to the posterior edge of the fIrst costal cartIlage

188.2             Insertion

188.2.1    The oblique line on the thyroid lamina

188.3             Action

188.3.1    Depression of the elevated larynx

188.4             Nerve Supply

188.4.1    Ansa cervicalis (Cl, C2, C3)

188.5             Arterial Supply

188.5.1    Muscular branches from the superior and inferior thyroid arteries

188.6             Synergists

188.6.1    All infrahyoid muscles lower the hyoid bone and, therefore, mdIrectly the larynx

188.7             Antagonists

188.7.1    Thyrohyoid and, indirectly, the suprahyoid muscles

188.8             Category

188.8.1     

---

189              STYLOGLOSSUS

Back Table of Contents  

189.1             Origin

189.1.1    Anterior and lateral aspect of the styloid process, near its apex and from the styloid end of the stylomandibu1ar ligament

189.2             Insertion

189.2.1    Lon~itudinal part

189.2.1.1 Blend with the inferior longitudinal muscle in front of the hypoglossus

189.2.2    Oblique part

189.2.2.1 Overlapping and decussating with the hyoglossus

189.3             Action

189.3.1    Draw the tongue up and backwards

189.4             Nerve Supply

189.4.1    Hypoglossal nerve (XII)

189.5             Arterial Supply

189.5.1    Lingual arteries and its branches; dorsal lingual and sublingual rami. Tonsitlar rami of the facial artery

189.6             Synergists

189.6.1    Palatoglossus

189.7             Antagonists

189.7.1    Hyoglossus and genioglossus

189.8             Category

189.8.1     

189.9             View

189.9.1    The styloid process and mastoid process have been superimposed to this sagittal section

---

190              STYLOHYOID (SUPRAHYOID)

Back Table of Contents  

190.1             Origin

190.1.1    Posterior aspect of styloid process near its base

190.2             Insertion

190.2.1    Splits around digastric muscle (posterior belly) and is attached to hyoid body at its junction with the greater cornu

190.3             Action

190.3.1    Elevates and retracts the hyoid bone

190.4             Nerve Supply

190.4.1    Stylohyoid branch of the facial nerve (VII)

190.5             Arterial Supply

190.5.1    Posterior auricular artery and muscular branches of the occipital artery

190.6             Synergists

190.6.1    For. the. hyoid elevation

190.6.1.1 Digastric, mylohyoid and gemohyold

190.7             Antagonists

190.7.1    For the. hyoid elevation

190.7.1.1 Sternohyoid, thyrohyoid and omohyoid

190.7.2    For hyoid retraction

190.7.2.1 Geniohyoid

190.8             Category

190.8.1     

---

191              STYLOPHARYNGEUS

Back Table of Contents  

191.1             Origin

191.1.1    Medial side of the base of the styloid process

191.2             Insertion

191.2.1    Blends between superior and middle pharyngeal constrictors within the lateral glosso-eRiglottic fold, and with the palatopharyngeus to the posterior borCler of the thyroid cartilage

191.3             Action

191.3.1    Elevation and dilation of the pharynx during early phase of swallowing

191.4             Nerve Supply

191.4.1    Muscular branch of the glossopharyngeal nerve

191.5             Arterial Supply

191.5.1    Ascending pharyngeal artery, ascending Ralatine artery, tonsillar artery, dOrsa11ing1;lal branch of the lingual artery and rami from tne superior thyroid artery

191.6             Synergists

191.6.1    For pharyngeal elevation

191.6.1.1 Salpingopharyngeus and palatopharyngeus

191.6.2    For pharyngeal dilation

191.6.2.1 None

191.7             Antagonists

191.7.1    The infrahyoid muscles lower pharynx during late stages of.sw~llowing. The pharyngeal constrictors oppose pharyngeal dilatlon

191.8             Category

191.8.1     

191.9             View

191.9.1    The palatopharyngeus and the superior .and middle pharyngeal constrlctor muscles have also been illustrated

---

192              SUBCLAVIUS

Back Table of Contents  

192.1             Origin

192.1.1    1st rib at the junction of the costal cartilage

192.2             Insertion

192.2.1    Groove on the inferior surface of the clavicle, between the costoclavicular and conoid ligaments

192.3             Action

192.3.1    Depresses clavicle, pulls it inferiorly and anteriorly

192.4             Nerve Supply

192.4.1    Subclavian branch of the brachial plexus, C5, 6

192.5             Synergists

192.5.1     

192.6             Category

192.6.1     

192.7             View

192.7.1    Anterior View

---

193              SUBSCAPULARIS (Rotator Cuff Muscle)

Back Table of Contents  

193.1             Origin

193.1.1    Entire anterior surface of the subscapular fossa

193.2             Insertion

193.2.1    Lesser tubercle of humerus and capsule of shoulder joint

193.3             Action

193.3.1    Medial rotation of the humerus atthe shoulder. Stabiliza- tion of the glenohumeral joint

193.3.2    Reversed origin- insertion action

193.3.2.1 When the humerus is stabilized, abducts the inferior border of the scapula

193.4             Nerve Supply

193.4.1    Upper and lower subscapular, C5, 6, 7

193.5             Synergists

193.5.1    Teres major, pectoralis major, latissimus dorsi

193.6             Category

193.6.1     

193.7             View

193.7.1     Anterior View

---

194              SUPERFICIAL TRANSVERSE PERINEUS (SUPERFICIALIS)

Back Table of Contents  

194.1             Origin

194.1.1     

194.2             Insertion

194.2.1     

194.3             Action

194.3.1     

194.4             Nerve Supply

194.4.1     

194.5             Synergists

194.5.1     

194.6             Category

194.6.1     

 

---

 

 

195              SUPERIOR LONGITUDINAL LINGUALIS

Back Table of Contents  

195.1             Origin

195.1.1    The submucous fibrous tissue near the epiglottis and the median fibrous septum

195.2             Insertion

195.2.1    The lingual apex and margins of the tongue

195.3             Action

195.3.1    Shortens the tongue and turns the apex and sides upwards to make the dorsum concave

195.4             Nerve Supply

195.4.1    Hypoglossal (XII)

195.5             Arterial Supply

195.5.1    Lingual artery and its branches; dorsal -lingual and sublingual rami

195.5.2    Tonsillar rami of the facial artery

195.6             Synergists

195.6.1    For shortening the tongue

195.6.1.1 Inferior longitudinal

195.7             Antagonist

195.7.1    For raising the apex and side

195.7.1.1 Inferior longitudinal

195.8             Category

195.8.1     

---

196              SUPERIOR OBLIQUE

Back Table of Contents  

196.1             Origin

196.1.1    Body of the lesser wing, of the sphenoid sureromedial to the optic canal and to the tendinous attachment o the superior rectus

196.2             Insertion

196.2.1    After traversing the trochlea, the fibrocartilaginous loop, the round tendon is Qeflected to the sclera behind the equat.or in its superol~teral posterior quadrant, between the superIOr and latera1 recti

196.3             Action

196.3.1    Elevates the posterior aspect of the eye, hence, rotates the visu.al axis (and pupil) do~ward.s (de:presslon) and laterally (abduction). In the anteroposterIor axIS, It mtorts the eye

196.4             Nerve Supply

196.4.1    Trochlear nerve (IV)

196.5             Arterial Supply

196.5.1    Muscular branch of the ophthalmic artery from the internal carotid artery

196.6             Synergists

196.6.1    Vertical axis

196.6.1.1 Lateral rectus and inferior oblique

196.6.2    Transverse axis

196.6.2.1 Inferior rectus

196.6.3    Anteroposterior axis

196.6.3.1 Superior rectus

196.7             Antagonists

196.7.1    Vertical axis: Superior rectus, medial rectus, and inferior rectus

196.7.2    Transverse axis: Inferior oblique and superior rectus

196.7.3    Anteroposterior axis: Inferior oblique and inferior rectus

196.8             Category

196.8.1     

196.9             Note

196.9.1    All six extraocular muscles are involved, and act in concert during an eye movement; synergists and antagonists depend on 1..t~ fixation point of the eye prior to movement

---

197              SUPERIOR PHARYNGEAL CONSTRICTOR

Back Table of Contents  

197.1             Origin/Insertion

197.1.1    Anterior attachment: Pterygopharyngeal part of hamulus on medial pterygoid plate

197.1.2    Buccopharyngeal part: Pterygomandibular raphe

197.1.3    l\:Iylopharyngeal part: Posterior end of the mylohyoid lme on mandible

197.1.4    Glossopharyngeal part: A few fibres to the side of the tongue

197.1.5    Posterior attachments: The posterior median pharyngeauaphe and by an apon~urosis to the pharyngeal tubercle on the basilar part of the occipital bone

197.2             Action

197.2.1    General sphincteric and peristallic action during swalloWing

197.3             Nerve Supply

197.3.1    Pharyngeal branch of the vagus (X), with the skeletomotor branches from the cranial parts of the spinal accessory nerve that pass through the pharyngeal plexus

197.4             Arterial Supply

197.4.1    Ascending pharyngeal artery ascending Ralatine and tonsillar branches Of the facial artery. Branches of the maxillary artery; greater palatine, pha~gear and the artery of the pterygOia canal. tne dorsallingualDrancli of the lingual artery

197.5             Synergists

197.5.1    Inferior and middle pharyngeal constrictors

197.6             Antagonist

197.6.1    Stylopharyngeus dilates the pharynx

197.7             Category

197.7.1     

---

198              SUPERIOR RECTUS

Back Table of Contents  

198.1             Origin

198.1.1    Superolateral margin of the optic canal on the common annular tendon

198.2             Insertion

198.2.1    Anterosuperior margin of the eye into the sclera about 7.7 mm posterior to the margin of the cornea

198.3             Action

198.3.1    Elevates the anterior aspect of the eye, hense rotates eye in the transverse axis upwards (elevation). In the vertical axis, it aids in I!1edia~ ~o~ation (adduction) of the eye. In the anteroposterIor ax1S it mtorts the eye

198.4             Nerve Supply

198.4.1    Branch from the superior division of the oculomotor nerve (III)

198.5             Arterial Supply

198.5.1    Muscular rami from the supraorbital branch of the ophthalmic artery

198.6             Synergists

198.6.1    Vertical axis: Medial and inferior rectus.

198.6.2    Transverse axis: Inferior oblique. .

198.6.3    Anteroposterior axis: Superior oblique

198.7             Antagonists

198.7.1    Vertical axis: Inferior and superior oblique, lateral rectus.

198.7.2    Transverse ttxis: Inferior rectus and superior oblique.

198.7.3    Anteroposterior axis: Inferior rectus and inferior oblique

198.8             Category

198.8.1     

198.9             Note

198.9.1    All six extraocular muscles are involved, and act in concert during an eye movement; synergists and antagonists depend on the fiXation point of the eye prior to movement

---

199              SUPINATOR ?

Back Table of Contents  

199.1             Origin

199.1.1    Lateral epicondyle of humerus, radial collateral ligament of elbow, annular ligament of radius and the supinator crest of ulna

199.2             Insertion

199.2.1    An oblique line on the lateral anterior surface of the upper 1/3 of radius

199.3             Action

199.3.1    Supinates the forearm

199.4             Nerve Supply

199.4.1    Posterior interosseous, (deep radial) , C5, 6

199.5             Synergists

199.5.1    Biceps brachii

199.6             Category

199.6.1     

199.7             View

199.7.1    Posterlor View

---

200              SUPRASPINATUS (Rotator Cuff Muscle)

Back Table of Contents  

200.1             Origin

200.1.1    Medial '2/3 of supraspinous fossa

200.2             Insertion

200.2.1    Superior surface of greater tubercle of humerus and capsule of shoulder joint

200.3             Action

200.3.1    Abduction of humerus at the shoulder joint. Stabilization of the glenohumeral joint

200.4             Nerve Supply

200.4.1    Suprascapular, C4, 5, 6

200.5             Synergists

200.5.1    Deltoid

200.6             Category

200.6.1     

200.7             View

200.7.1    Posterior View

---

201              TEMPORALIS

Back Table of Contents  

201.1             Origin

201.1.1    Arises from the temporal fossa, and from the deep surface of the temporal fascia

201.2             Insertion

201.2.1    Passing between th,e zygomatic arch and cr,anial wall to the medial surface, aRex" antenor border of the coronold process and border of the mand1bular ramus

201.3             Action

201.3.1    Closes the. jaw by the anterior fibers. Posterior .fibers retract from protruslOn and thereby fiX the temporomand1bular joint. The muscle is also concerned in lateral grinding movements

201.4             Nerve Supply

201.4.1    DeeR tem poral branches from the anterior trunk of the mandibular division o the trigeminal nerve (V3)

201.5             Arterial Supply

201.5.1    Deep temporal branches of the maxillary artery... !Diddle temporal, frontal and parietal branches of the supemc1al temporal artery

201.6             Synergists

201.6.1    For closing the jaw: Masseter and medial pterygoids.

201.6.2    For retraction: None

201.7             Antagonists

201.7.1    For closipg the jaw: I,.atera,l-pter;ygoiqs and th,e digastric, mylohyold \!nd gernohyolo wlien 1nfrahyold muscles contract to fiX hyOld bone.

201.7.2    For retraction from protrusion: Lateral pterygoid

201.8             Category

201.8.1     

201.9             View

201.9.1    The zygomatic arch has been removed

---

202              TENSOR FASCIAE LATAE

Back Table of Contents  

202.1             Origin

202.1.1    Anterior part of outer lip of iliac crest, outer surface of anterior superior iliac spine

202.2             Insertion

202.2.1    Iliotibial band of fascia lata on the anterolateral aspect of thigh, about 1/3 of the way down

202.3             Action

202.3.1    Thigh flexion at the hip, abduction, and medial rotation. Stabilizes the knee laterally. Tenses the iliotibial tract

202.4             Nerve Supply

202.4.1    Superior gluteal, L4, 5, S1

202.5             Synergists

202.5.1    Gluteus medius, gluteus minimus, and upper fibers of the gluteus maximus

202.6             Category

202.6.1     

202.7             View

202.7.1    Anterior and Lateral View

---

203              TENSOR TYMPANI

Back Table of Contents  

203.1             Origin

203.1.1    The cartilaginous part of the pharyn~otympanic tube and the adjoining part of the greater wing of tile sphenoid

203.2             Insertion

203.2.1    Reflected around the process cochleariformis to the handle of the malleus near its root

203.3             Action

203.3.1    Pulls the malleus medially thereby tensin,g the tyn:Ipanic membrane and fixing the ossicular chain (malleus, mcus and stapes)

203.4             Nerve Supply

203.4.1    Bra1:tch of the ne1Ve to the, med,ial pterygoid a ramus from the mandIbular branch of the trlgemmar nerve (V3)

203.5             Arterial Supply

203.5.1    Superior tympanic ramus from the middle meningeal branch of the maxillary artery, Other arteries of the tympanic cavitY; the anterior tym ranic Dranch of the maxillary arte;ry, the styll?mastoi~ bra,nch o the ,occipital or posterior . aurIcular arterIes, the mferlor tympanIc branch oflhe ascendmg pharyngeal artery and the caroticotympanic branch of the internal carotid artery

203.6             Synergists

203.6.1    The te!lsor tympani and stapedius act together to tense the ossIcular cham

203.7             Antagonist

203.7.1    None

203.8             Category

203.8.1     

---

204              TENSOR VELI PALATINI

Back Table of Contents  

204.1             Origin

204.1.1    The scaphoid fossa of the pterygoid process, the lateral lamina of the cartilage part of the auditory tube and the medial aspect of the sphenoldaf spine

204.2             Insertion

204.2.1    By a tendon turning around the hamulus of the medial pterygoid p!ate to the .palatine aponeuro~is and the osseous surfaces behmd the palatme crest on the honzontal plate of the palatine bone

204.3             Action

204.3.1    Unilaterally: The muscle pulls the soft palate to the same side.

204.3.2    Bilaterally: It tightens the soft palate, closing off the nasopharynx and oropharynx

204.4             Nerve Supply

204.4.1    Mandibular branch of trigeminal nerve (V3)

204.5             Arterial Supply

204.5.1    Greater palatine branch of the maxillary artery, the ascending palatine artery and the ascending pharyngeal artery

204.6             Synergists

204.6.1    Levator veli palatini for closing the nasopharynx

204.7             Antagonist

204.7.1    None

204.8             Category

204.8.1     

---

205              TERES MAJOR

Back Table of Contents  

205.1             Origin

205.1.1    Dorsal surface of inferior angle of the scapula on lower 1/3 of scapular axillary border

205.2             Insertion

205.2.1    Medial lip of intertubercular sulcus of humerus. Medial to latissimus dorsi tendon

205.3             Action

205.3.1    Adducts and medially rotates humerus at the shoulder. Extends the shoulder joint. REVERSED ORIGIN-INSERTION ACTION: When arm is fixed, adducts and elevates inferior angle of scapula

205.4             Nerve Supply

205.4.1    Lower subscapular, C6, 7

205.5             Synergists

205.5.1    Latissimus dorsi, subscapularis

205.6             Category

205.6.1     

205.7             View

205.7.1     Posterior View

---

206              TERES MINOR (Rotator Cuff Muscle)

Back Table of Contents  

206.1             Origin

206.1.1    Superior ;?/3 of dorsal surface of axillary border of scapula:

206.2             Insertion

206.2.1    Inferior aspect of greater tubercle of the humerus, capsule of the shoulder joint

206.3             Action

206.3.1    Lateral rotation of humerus at the shoulder, Stabilization of head of humerus. REVERSED ORIGIN- INSERTION ACTION: When humerus is stabilized, abducts the inferior angle of the scapula

206.4             Nerve Supply

206.4.1    Axillary, C4, 5, 6

206.5             Synergists

206.5.1    Infraspinatus, subscapularis

206.6             Category

206.6.1     

206.7             View

206.7.1    Posterlor View

---

207              THYROARYTENOID VOCALIS & THYROEPIGLOTTICUS

Back Table of Contents  

207.1             Origin

207.1.1    The thyroid cartilage and cricothyroid ligament

207.2             Insertion

207.2.1    Vocalis: To the vocal process and anterolateral surface of the arytenoid cartilage. Thyroarytenoid: To the anterolateral arytenoid suiface and upper fovea on it. Thyroepiglotticus: To the epiglottic fold and margin

207.3             Action

207.3.1    Thyroarytenoid and vocalis: Draws the arytenoid cartilages ventrally producing vocal fold relaxation. Th):roel?iglotticus: Abduction of the aryepiglottic folCIs, widening the laryngeal inlet

207.4             Nerve Supply

207.4.1    Recurrent laryngeal branch of the vagus (X)

207.5             Arterial Supply

207.5.1    Laryngeal branches from the superior and inferior thyroid arteries

207.6             Synergists

207.6.1    None

207.7             Antagonists

207.7.1    For vo.cal fqld tension. regulation: Cricothyroids and posterIor CrICoarytenolds. For laryngeal ~nlet modification: Oblique arytenoids ahJ aryeplglottlCUS

207.8             Category

207.8.1     

---

208              THYTROHYOID (INFRAHYOID)

Back Table of Contents  

208.1             Origin

208.1.1    Oblique line of thyroid lamina

208.2             Insertion

208.2.1    Lower border of the greater cornu and adjacent body of hyoid

208.3             Action

208.3.1    Hyoid depression and/or elevation of the larynx

208.4             Nerve Supply

208.4.1    Branches of Cl traveling with the hypoglossal nerve

208.5             Arterial Supply

208.5.1    Superior thyroid artery and its branches; infrahyoid~ cricohy<?id apd superior laryngeal arteries. Muscular branches Ifom the mfenor thyroId artery

208.6             Synergists

208.6.1    For hyoid d~pression: Sternohyoid, omohyoid and sternothyroId. For laryngeal elevation: Indirectly suprahyoid muscles and stylopharyngeus

208.7             Antagonists

208.7.1    For .hyoid; depression: Digastric, mylohyoid and gemohyold. For laryngeal elevation: Sternothyroid

208.8             Category

208.8.1     

---

209              TIBIALIS ANTERIOR

Back Table of Contents References

209.1             Attachments

209.1.1    Origin

209.1.1.1 Lateral condyle of tibia

209.1.1.2 Proximal 2/3 of lateral surface of tibia

209.1.1.3 Interosseous membrane

209.1.1.4 Deep fascia

209.1.1.5 Lateral intermuscular septum

209.1.2    Insertion

209.1.2.1 Plantar surface of base of first metatarsal

209.1.2.2 Medial plantar surface of first cuneiform

209.2             Action

209.2.1    Dorsiflexion (Foot at ankle)

209.2.2    Inversion (Foot at ankle)

209.2.3    REVERSED ORIGIN-INSERTION ACTION

209.2.3.1 When standing, the foot is fixed and becomes the origin

209.2.3.2 Action causes forward body lean antagonistic to the plantar flexion of the soleus and gastrocnemius.

209.2.3.3 Active in the balance mechanism of anterior and posterior sway

209.3             Nerve Supply

209.3.1    Nerve

209.3.1.1 Deep peroneal

209.3.2    Roots

209.3.2.1 L4

209.3.2.2 L5

209.3.2.3 S1

209.4             Synergists

209.4.1    Extensor hallucis longus

209.4.2    Extensor digitorum longus

209.5             Muscle Tests

209.5.1     

209.6             Trigger Points

209.6.1     

209.7             Discussion (Gray)

209.7.1    The Tibialis anterior (Tibialis anticus) is situated on the lateral side of the tibia; it is thick and fleshy above, tendinous below. It arises from the lateral condyle and upper half or two-thirds of the lateral surface of the body of the tibia; from the adjoining part of the interosseous membrane; from the deep surface of the fascia; and from the intermuscular septum between it and the Extensor digitorum longus. The fibers run vertically downward, and end in a tendon, which is apparent on the anterior surface of the muscle at the lower third of the leg. After passing through the most medial compartments of the transverse and cruciate crural ligaments, it is inserted into the medial and under surface of the first cuneiform bone, and the base of the first metatarsal bone. This muscle overlaps the anterior tibial vessels and deep peroneal nerve in the upper part of the leg.    3

209.7.2      

209.7.3    Variations.—A deep portion of the muscle is rarely inserted into the talus, or a tendinous slip may pass to the head of the first metatarsal bone or the base of the first phalanx of the great toe. The Tibiofascialis anterior, a small muscle from the lower part of the tibia to the transverse or cruciate crural ligaments or deep fascia.

209.7.4    Discussion

209.7.4.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/129.html

209.7.5    Illustration

209.7.5.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus437.html

209.7.5.2 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus440.html

209.8             Category

209.8.1    Foot & Toes (Anterior Compartment)

209.9             View

209.9.1    Anterior and Plantar View

---

210              TIBIALIS POSTERIOR

Back Table of Contents References 

210.1             Attachments

210.1.1    Origin

210.1.1.1 Lateral part of posterior surface of tibia

210.1.1.2 Proximal 2/3 of medial surface of fibula

210.1.1.3 Interosseous Membrane

210.1.1.4 Intermuscular Septa

210.1.1.5 Deep Fascia

210.1.2    Insertion

210.1.2.1 Tuberosity of Navicular Bone

210.1.2.2 Sustenaculum tali of calcaneus

210.1.2.3 Plantar surfaces of all three cuneiforms

210.1.2.4 Cuboid Bone

210.1.2.5 Bases of the 2nd, 3rd and 4th metatarsal bones

210.2             Action

210.2.1    Inverts and plantar flexes the foot at the ankle

210.2.2    Medial ankle stabilizer

210.3             Nerve Supply

210.3.1    Nerve

210.3.1.1 Tibial

210.3.2    Roots

210.3.2.1 L4

210.3.2.2 L5

210.4             Synergists

210.4.1    Flexor Hallucis Longus

210.4.2    Flexor Digitorum Longus

210.5             Muscle Tests

210.5.1     

210.6             Trigger Points

210.6.1    TIBIALIS POSTERIOR

210.7             Discussion (Gray)

210.7.1    The Tibialis posterior (Tibialis posticus) lies between the two preceding muscles, and is the most deeply seated of the muscles on the back of the leg. It begins above by two pointed processes, separated by an angular interval through which the anterior tibial vessels pass forward to the front of the leg. It arises from the whole of the posterior surface of the interosseous membrane, excepting its lowest part; from the lateral portion of the posterior surface of the body of the tibia, between the commencement of the popliteal line above and the junction of the middle and lower thirds of the body below; and from the upper two-thirds of the medial surface of the fibula; some fibers also arise from the deep transverse fascia, and from the intermuscular septa separating it from the adjacent muscles. In the lower fourth of the leg its tendon passes in front of that of the Flexor digitorum longus and lies with it in a groove behind the medial malleolus, but enclosed in a separate sheath; it next passes under the laciniate and over the deltoid ligament into the foot, and then beneath the plantar calcaneonavicular ligament. The tendon contains a sesamoid fibrocartilage, as it runs under the plantar calcaneonavicular ligament. It is inserted into the tuberosity of the navicular bone, and gives off fibrous expansions, one of which passes backward to the sustentaculum tali of the calcaneus, others forward and lateralward to the three cuneiforms, the cuboid, and the bases of the second, third, and fourth metatarsal bones.    29

210.7.2    Nerves.—The Popliteus is supplied by the fourth and fifth lumbar and first sacral nerves, the Flexor digitorum longus and Tibialis posterior by the fifth lumbar and first sacral, and the Flexor hallucis longus by the fifth lumbar and the first and second sacral nerves, through the tibial nerve.    30

210.7.3    Actions.—The Popliteus assists in flexing the leg upon the thigh; when the leg is flexed, it will rotate the tibia inward. It is especially called into action at the beginning of the act of bending the knee, inasmuch as it produces the slight inward rotation of the tibia which is essential in the early stage of this movement. The Tibialis posterior is a direct extensor of the foot at the ankle-joint; acting in conjunction with the Tibialis anterior, it turns the sole of the foot upward and medialward, i.e., inverts the foot, antagonizing the Peronæi, which turn it upward and lateralward (evert it). In the sole of the foot the tendon of the Tibialis posterior lies directly below the plantar calcaneonavicular ligament, and is therefore an important factor in maintaining the arch of the foot. The Flexor digitorum longus and Flexor hallucis longus are the direct flexors of the phalanges, and, continuing their action, extend the foot upon the leg; they assist the Gastrocnemius and Soleus in extending the foot, as in the act of walking, or in standing on tiptoe. In consequence of the oblique direction of its tendons the Flexor digitorum longus would draw the toes medialward, were it not for the Quadratus plantæ, which is inserted into the lateral side of the tendon, and draws it to the middle line of the foot. Taking their fixed point from the foot, these muscles serve to maintain the upright posture by steadying the tibia and fibula perpendicularly upon the talus.

210.7.4    Discussion

210.7.4.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/129.html

210.7.5    Illustration

210.7.5.1 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus439.html

210.7.5.2 http://www.bartleby.com/107/illus440.html

210.8             Category

210.8.1    Foot & Toes (Posterior Deep Compartment)

210.9             VIew

210.9.1    Posterior and Plantar View

210.9.1.1 Posterior and Plantar View (TIBIALIS POSTERIOR)

---

211              TRANSVERSUS ABDOMINIS

Back Table of Contents  

211.1             Origin

211.1.1    : Lateral 1/3 of the inquinalligament, anterior ';/3 of inner lip of the iliac crest, thoracolumbar fascia and from the inner edges of the lower 6 costal cartilages

211.2             Insertion

211.2.1    The linea alba by its aponeurosis

211.3             Action

211.3.1    Constricts abdominal contents; assists in forced expira- tion

211.4             Nerve Supply

211.4.1    Branches of the 7th .12th intercostal and the iliohypogastric and ilioinquinal nerves, L 1

211.5             Synergists

211.5.1     

211.6             Category

211.6.1     

211.7             View

211.7.1    Lateral View

---

212              TRANSVERSE ARYTENOID

Back Table of Contents  

212.1             Origin/Insertion

212.1.1    Arises from, and inserts onto, the medial aspects of the contralateral muscular process and posterior suifaces of arytenoids

212.2             Action

212.2.1    The a~enoid cartilages are adducted and the attached vocal folds close (closure of the rima glottis)

212.3             Nerve Supply

212.3.1    Recurrent laryngeal branch of the vagus nerve (X)

212.4             Arterial Supply

212.4.1    SuRerior laryngeal branch of the suRerior thyroid artery and the inferior laryngeal branch of the inferior thyroid artery

212.5             Synergists

212.5.1    Lateral cricoarytenoids

212.6             Antagonist

212.6.1    Posterior cricoarytenoids

212.7             Category

212.7.1     

---

213              TRANSVERSE LINGUALIS (BODY OF TONGUE)

Back Table of Contents  

213.1             Origin

213.1.1    Median fibrous septum

213.2             Insertion

213.2.1    The submucous fibrous tissue at the lingual margin, posteriorly blending with the palatoglossal muscle (via palatoglossal arch)

213.3             Action

213.3.1    Narrows and elongates the tongue

213.4             Nerve Supply

213.4.1    Hypoglossal nerve (XII)

213.5             Arterial Supply

213.5.1    Lingual artery and its branches, dorsal lingual and sublingual rami. Tonsillar rami of the facial artery

213.6             Synergists

213.6.1    None

213.7             Antagonist

213.7.1    None

213.8             Category

213.8.1     

---

214              TRANSVERSE PERINEUS (PROFUNDUS)

Back Table of Contents  

214.1             Origin

214.1.1     

214.2             Insertion

214.2.1     

214.3             Action

214.3.1     

214.4             Nerve Supply

214.4.1     

214.5             Synergists

214.5.1     

214.6             Category

214.6.1     

 

---

 

 

215              TRAPEZIUS LOWER (Lower Division)

Back Table of Contents  

215.1             Origin

215.1.1    Spinous processes of 6th -12th thoracic vertebrae

215.2             Insertion

215.2.1    Medial 1/3 of spine of the scapula

215.3             Action

215.3.1    Depresses the scapula. Retracts the scapula. Rotates the scapula upwards so the glenoid cavity faces superiorly. Gives inferior stabilization of scapula-,fJds to maintain spine in extension

215.4             Nerve Supply

215.4.1    Spinal accessory and ventral rami C3, 4

215.5             Synergists

215.5.1    Trapezius upper and lower divisions

215.6             Category

215.6.1     

215.7             View

215.7.1     Posterior View

---

216              TRAPEZIUS MIDDLE

Back Table of Contents  

216.1             Origin

216.1.1    Spinous processes of 1st -Sth thoracic vertebrae

216.2             Insertion

216.2.1    Superior border of spine of scapula

216.3             Action

216.3.1    Retracts and aids in elevation of scapula

216.4             Nerve Supply

216.4.1    Spinal accessory and ventral rami, C3, 4

216.5             Synergists

216.5.1    Rhomboids, levator scapulae, upper and lower divisions of trapezius

216.6             Category

216.6.1     

216.7             View

216.7.1    Posterior View

---

217              TRAPEZIUS UPPER

Back Table of Contents  

217.1             Origin

217.1.1    External occipital protuberance, medial 1/3 of superior nuchal line, ligamentum nuchae and spinous process of the 7th cervical vertebra

217.2             Insertion

217.2.1    Lateral 1/3 of clavicle and acromion process

217.3             Action

217.3.1    Elevates the scapula as in shrugging the shoulders. Rotates the scapula upwards so the glenoid cavity faces superiorly, when acting with the other sections of the trapezius it retracts the scapula. REVERSED ORIGIN-INSERTION ACTION: Laterally flexes head and neck to side of contraction. Rotates head and neck away from side of contraction. Acting bilaterally, extends the head and neck

217.4             Nerve Supply

217.4.1    Spinal accessory and ventral rami of C3, 4

217.5             Synergists

217.5.1    Levator scapulae, clavicular head of the ster- nocleidomastoid, middle and lower trapezius

217.6             Category

217.6.1     

217.7             View

217.7.1    Posterior View

---

218              TRICEPS BRACHII

Back Table of Contents  

218.1             Origin

218.1.1    LONG HEAD: Infraglenoid tubercle of scapula. LATERAL HEAD: Superior 1/2 of posterior lateral surface of humerus. MEDIAL HEAD: Inferior '2/3 on the posterior surface of the humerus

218.2             Insertion

218.2.1    Supraposterior surface of the olecranon process of the ulna and deep fascia of the forearm

218.3             Action

218.3.1    Extends forearm at the elbow. Long head aids in adduc- tion and extension of the arm at the shoulder

218.4             Nerve Supply

218.4.1    Radial, C6, 7, 8, with separate branches for each head

218.5             Synergists

218.5.1    Anconeus

218.6             Category

218.6.1     

218.7             View

218.7.1     Posterior View

---

219              URETHRAL SPHINCTER

Back Table of Contents  

219.1             Origin

219.1.1     

219.2             Insertion

219.2.1     

219.3             Action

219.3.1     

219.4             Nerve Supply

219.4.1     

219.5             Synergists

219.5.1     

219.6             Category

219.6.1     

 

---

 

 

220              VASTUS INTERMEDIUS (QUADRICEPS FEMORIS) (1 of 4 Quadriceps)

Back Table of Contents  

220.1             Origin

220.1.1    Proximal ;?/3 of the anterolateral surface of the femur, lower 1/2 of the linea aspera, upper part of the lateral supracondylar line, lateral intermuscular septum

220.2             Insertion

220.2.1    By tendons of the rectus and vasti muscles into the superior border of the patella and through the patellar ligament into the tibial tuberosity

220.3             Action

220.3.1    Extends the leg at the knee

220.4             Nerve Supply

220.4.1    Femoral, L2, 3, 4

220.5             Synergists

220.5.1    Rectus femoris, vastus medialis, vastus lateralis

220.6             Gray

220.6.1     The Articularis genu (Subcrureus) (Fig. 430) is a small muscle, usually distinct from the Vastus intermedius, but occasionally blended with it; it arises from the anterior surface of the lower part of the body of the femur, and is inserted into the upper part of the synovial membrane of the knee-joint. It sometimes consists of several separate muscular bundles. Discussion

220.7             Category

220.7.1     

220.8             View

220.8.1    Anterior View

---

221              VASTUS LATERALIS (Quadriceps Femoris) (1 of 4 Quadriceps)

Back Table of Contents  

221.1             Origin

221.1.1    Upper part of intertrochanteric line, anterior and lower borders of greater trochanter, lateral lip of gluteal tuberosity , upper half of linea aspera, lateral intermuscular septum, and tendon of the gluteus maximus

221.2             Insertion

221.2.1    Lateral border of the patella and through the patellar ligament into the tibial tuberosity

221.3             Action

221.3.1    Extends the leg at the knee and draws the patella laterally

221.4             Nerve Supply

221.4.1    Femoral, L2, 3, 4

221.5             Synergists

221.5.1    Rectus femoris, vastus intermedius, vastus medialis

221.6             Category

221.6.1     

221.7             View

221.7.1    Anterior View

---

222              VASTUS MEDIALIS (Quadriceps Femoris) (1 of 4 Quadriceps)

Back Table of Contents  

222.1             Origin

222.1.1    Lower 1/2 of the intertrochanteric line, medial lip of linea aspera, upper part of medial supracondylar line, medial intermus- cular septum, tendons of adductor magnus and adductor longus

222.2             Insertion

222.2.1    Medial border of the patella and through the ligamen- tum patellae into the tibial tuberosity

222.3             Action

222.3.1    Extends the leg at the knee and draws the patella medially

222.4             Nerve Supply

222.4.1    Femoral, L2, 3, 4

222.5             Synergists

222.5.1    Rectus femoris, vastus lateralis, vastus inter- medius

222.6             Category

222.6.1     

222.7             View

222.7.1    Anterior View

---

223              VERTICAL LINGUALIS (BODY OF TONGUE)

Back Table of Contents  

223.1             Origin/Insertion

223.1.1    Dorsal to the ventral aspects of the tongue, in the anterolateral regions

223.2             Action

223.2.1    Flattens and widens the tongue

223.3             Nerve Supply

223.3.1    Hypoglossal nerve (XII)

223.4             Arterial Supply

223.4.1    Lingual artery and its branches; dorsal lingual and rami

223.5             Synergists

223.5.1    None

223.6             Antagonist

223.6.1    None

223.7             Category

223.7.1     

---

224              ZYGOMATICUS MAJOR

Back Table of Contents  

224.1             Origin

224.1.1    The zygomatic bone anterior of the zygomaticotemporal suture

224.2             Insertion

224.2.1    The II:tod!olus, blending with the fibers of the !eva~or and depressor angulI OrIS and muscular bands of the orbIcularIs OrIS

224.3             Action

224.3.1    Retracts and elevates the modiolus and angle of mouth. Fixes the modiolus

224.4             Nerve Supply

224.4.1    Superior buccal branches of the facial nerve (VII)

224.5             Arterial Supply

224.5.1    Branches from the facial and transverse facial arteries

224.6             Synergists

224.6.1    For elevation of the modiolus: Levator anguli oris. For elevatio.1:t of the. b~ccal angle: La!eral slip of th levato.r )abll superlOr}s al3;eque nasI, levator labll superlorls and zygomatIcus mInor

224.7             Antagonists

224.7.1    Orbicularis oris, depressor anguli oris and platysma

224.8             Category

224.8.1     

224.9             Note

224.9.1    Denotes modiolus

---

225              ZYGOMATICUS MINOR

Back Table of Contents  

225.1             Origin

225.1.1    The zygomatic bone behind the zygomaticomaxillary suture

225.2             Insertion

225.2.1    The upper lip blending with the levator labii supenons and zygomaficus major

225.3             Action

225.3.1    Elevates the upper lip. Assists in elevating nasolabial furrow

225.4             Nerve Supply

225.4.1    Superior buccal branches of the facial nerve (VII)

225.5             Arterial Supply

225.5.1    Branches from the facial and transverse facial arteries

225.6             Synergists

225.6.1    For direct labial traction: Lateral slip of levator labii superioris alaeque nasi and labii supenoris . For modiolar deviation: Levator anguli and zygomaticus major

225.7             Antagonists

225.7.1    Orbicularis oris and depressor anguli oris

225.8             Category

225.8.1     

---

226              KEEPING THIS SPACE WARM

Back Table of Contents References